SECURITY: jquery.makeCollapsible: Escape user-generated CSS selectors
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @cond file_level_code
43 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
44 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
45 */
46 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
47 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
48 die( 1 );
49 }
50
51 /** @endcond */
52
53 /**
54 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
55 * Not used for much in a default install.
56 * @since 1.5
57 */
58 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
59
60 /**
61 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
62 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
63 * callable.
64 * @since 1.23
65 */
66 $wgConfigRegistry = [
67 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
68 ];
69
70 /**
71 * MediaWiki version number
72 * @since 1.2
73 * @deprecated since 1.35; use the MW_VERSION constant instead
74 */
75 $wgVersion = MW_VERSION;
76
77 /**
78 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
79 */
80 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
81
82 /**
83 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
84 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
85 * @var bool
86 * @since 1.26
87 */
88 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
89
90 /**
91 * URL of the server.
92 *
93 * @par Example:
94 * @code
95 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
96 * @endcode
97 *
98 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
99 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
100 * case, set this variable to fix it.
101 *
102 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
103 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
104 * to a fully qualified URL.
105 */
106 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
107
108 /**
109 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
110 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
111 *
112 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
113 * @since 1.18
114 */
115 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
116
117 /**
118 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
119 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
120 * @since 1.24
121 */
122 $wgServerName = false;
123
124 /************************************************************************//**
125 * @name Script path settings
126 * @{
127 */
128
129 /**
130 * The path we should point to.
131 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
132 *
133 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
134 *
135 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
136 * set in LocalSettings.php
137 */
138 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
139
140 /**
141 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
142 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
143 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
144 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
145 * problems on Apache as well.
146 *
147 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
148 *
149 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
150 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
151 *
152 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
153 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
154 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
155 * @since 1.2.1
156 */
157 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
158 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
159 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
160
161 /**@}*/
162
163 /************************************************************************//**
164 * @name URLs and file paths
165 *
166 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
167 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
168 *
169 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
170 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
171 *
172 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
173 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
174 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
175 *
176 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
177 *
178 * @{
179 */
180
181 /**
182 * The URL path to index.php.
183 *
184 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
185 */
186 $wgScript = false;
187
188 /**
189 * The URL path to load.php.
190 *
191 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
192 * @since 1.17
193 */
194 $wgLoadScript = false;
195
196 /**
197 * The URL path of the skins directory.
198 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
199 * @since 1.3
200 */
201 $wgStylePath = false;
202 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
206 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
207 * @since 1.17
208 */
209 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
210
211 /**
212 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
213 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
214 * @since 1.16
215 */
216 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
217
218 /**
219 * Filesystem extensions directory.
220 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
221 * @since 1.25
222 */
223 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
224
225 /**
226 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
227 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
228 * @since 1.3
229 */
230 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
231
232 /**
233 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
234 * which is replaced by the article title.
235 *
236 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
237 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
238 */
239 $wgArticlePath = false;
240
241 /**
242 * The URL path for the images directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
244 */
245 $wgUploadPath = false;
246
247 /**
248 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
249 */
250 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
251
252 /**
253 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
254 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
255 */
256 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
257
258 /**
259 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
260 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
261 */
262 $wgLogo = false;
263
264 /**
265 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
266 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
267 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
268 *
269 * @par Example:
270 * @code
271 * $wgLogoHD = [
272 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
273 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
274 * ];
275 * @endcode
276 *
277 * SVG is also supported but when enabled, it
278 * disables 1.5x and 2x as svg will already
279 * be optimised for screen resolution.
280 *
281 * @par Example:
282 * @code
283 * $wgLogoHD = [
284 * "svg" => "path/to/svg_version.svg",
285 * ];
286 * @endcode
287 *
288 * @since 1.25
289 */
290 $wgLogoHD = false;
291
292 /**
293 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
294 * @since 1.6
295 */
296 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
297
298 /**
299 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
300 * Defaults to no icon.
301 * @since 1.12
302 */
303 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
304
305 /**
306 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
307 * One or more of the values defined in the Referrer Policy specification:
308 * https://w3c.github.io/webappsec-referrer-policy/
309 * ('no-referrer', 'no-referrer-when-downgrade', 'same-origin',
310 * 'origin', 'strict-origin', 'origin-when-cross-origin',
311 * 'strict-origin-when-cross-origin', or 'unsafe-url')
312 * Setting it to false prevents the meta tag from being output
313 * (which results in falling back to the Referrer-Policy header,
314 * or 'no-referrer-when-downgrade' if that's not set either.)
315 * Setting it to an array (supported since 1.31) will create a meta tag for
316 * each value, in the reverse of the order (meaning that the first array element
317 * will be the default and the others used as fallbacks for browsers which do not
318 * understand it).
319 *
320 * @var array|string|bool
321 * @since 1.25
322 */
323 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
324
325 /**
326 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
327 * be web accessible.
328 *
329 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
330 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
331 * logic.
332 *
333 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
334 * variable.
335 *
336 * @see wfTempDir()
337 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
338 */
339 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
340
341 /**
342 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
343 * upload URL.
344 * @since 1.4
345 */
346 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
347
348 /**
349 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
350 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
351 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
352 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
353 * @since 1.17
354 */
355 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
356
357 /**
358 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
359 * plain page views, add to this array.
360 *
361 * @par Example:
362 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
363 * @code
364 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
365 * @endcode
366 *
367 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
368 * URLs.
369 * @since 1.5
370 */
371 $wgActionPaths = [];
372
373 /**@}*/
374
375 /************************************************************************//**
376 * @name Files and file uploads
377 * @{
378 */
379
380 /**
381 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
382 */
383 $wgEnableUploads = false;
384
385 /**
386 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
387 */
388 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
389
390 /**
391 * Allows to move images and other media files
392 */
393 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
394
395 /**
396 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
397 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
398 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
399 *
400 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
401 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
402 */
403 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
404
405 /**
406 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
407 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
408 *
409 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
410 * completeness.
411 */
412 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
413
414 /**
415 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
416 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
417 */
418 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
419
420 /**
421 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
422 */
423 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
424
425 /**
426 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
427 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
428 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
429 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
430 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
431 *
432 * Example:
433 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
434 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
435 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
436 *
437 * @see $wgFileBackends
438 */
439 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
440
441 /**
442 * File repository structures
443 *
444 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
445 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
446 * array of properties configuring the repository.
447 *
448 * Properties required for all repos:
449 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
450 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
451 *
452 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
453 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
454 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
455 *
456 * For most core repos:
457 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
458 * container : backend container name the zone is in
459 * directory : root path within container for the zone
460 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
461 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
462 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
463 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
464 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
465 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
466 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
467 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
468 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
469 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
470 * handler instead.
471 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
472 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
473 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
474 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
475 * - pathDisclosureProtection
476 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
477 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
478 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
479 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
480 * is 0644.
481 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
482 * some remote repos.
483 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
484 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
485 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
486 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
487 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
488 *
489 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
490 * for local repositories:
491 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
492 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
493 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
494 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
495 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
496 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
497 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
498 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
499 *
500 * ForeignDBRepo:
501 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
502 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
503 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
504 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
505 *
506 * ForeignAPIRepo:
507 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
508 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
509 *
510 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
511 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
512 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
513 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
514 * be searched after the local file repo.
515 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
516 *
517 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
518 */
519 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
520
521 /**
522 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
523 */
524 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
525
526 /**
527 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
528 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
529 * settings
530 */
531 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
532
533 /**
534 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
535 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
536 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
537 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
538 *
539 * Example:
540 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
541 */
542 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
543
544 /**
545 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
546 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
547 *
548 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
549 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
550 *
551 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
552 */
553 $wgUploadDialog = [
554 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
555 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
556 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
557 'fields' => [
558 'description' => true,
559 'date' => false,
560 'categories' => false,
561 ],
562 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
563 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
564 'licensemessages' => [
565 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
566 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
567 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
568 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
569 'local' => 'generic-local',
570 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
571 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
572 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
573 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
574 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
575 ],
576 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
577 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
578 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
579 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
580 'comment' => [
581 'local' => '',
582 'foreign' => '',
583 ],
584 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
585 'format' => [
586 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
587 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
588 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
589 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
590 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
591 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
592 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
593 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
594 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
595 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
596 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
597 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
598 // * $TEXT - input by the user
599 'description' => '$TEXT',
600 'ownwork' => '',
601 'license' => '',
602 'uncategorized' => '',
603 ],
604 ];
605
606 /**
607 * File backend structure configuration.
608 *
609 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
610 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
611 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
612 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
613 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
614 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
615 *
616 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
617 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
618 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
619 *
620 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
621 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
622 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
623 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
624 *
625 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
626 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
627 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
628 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
629 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
630 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
631 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
632 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
633 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
634 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
635 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
636 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
637 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
638 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
639 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
640 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
641 */
642 $wgFileBackends = [];
643
644 /**
645 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
646 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
647 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
648 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
649 *
650 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
651 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
652 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
653 *
654 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
655 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
656 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
657 */
658 $wgLockManagers = [];
659
660 /**
661 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
662 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
663 *
664 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
665 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
666 * extensions" section of php.ini:
667 * @code{.ini}
668 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
669 * @endcode
670 */
671 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
672
673 /**
674 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
675 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
676 * Defaults to false.
677 */
678 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
679
680 /**
681 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
682 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
683 * $wgUploadDirectory.
684 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
685 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
686 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
687 * directory.
688 *
689 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
690 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
691 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
692 */
693 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
694
695 /**
696 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
697 */
698 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
699
700 /**
701 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
702 */
703 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
704
705 /**
706 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
707 */
708 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
709
710 /**
711 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
712 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
713 */
714 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
715
716 /**
717 * Optional table prefix used in database.
718 */
719 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
720
721 /**
722 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
723 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
724 */
725 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
726
727 /**
728 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
729 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
730 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
731 */
732 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
733
734 /**
735 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
736 *
737 * @since 1.20
738 */
739 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
740
741 /**
742 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
743 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
744 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
745 */
746 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
747
748 /**
749 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
750 * @since 1.20
751 */
752 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
753
754 /**
755 * Different timeout for upload by url
756 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
757 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
758 * to default.
759 *
760 * @var int|bool
761 *
762 * @since 1.22
763 */
764 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
765
766 /**
767 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
768 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
769 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
770 * for non-specified types.
771 *
772 * @par Example:
773 * @code
774 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
775 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
776 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
777 * ];
778 * @endcode
779 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
780 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
781 */
782 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
783
784 /**
785 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
786 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
787 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
788 * @since 1.26
789 */
790 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
791
792 /**
793 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
794 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
795 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
796 *
797 * @par Example:
798 * @code
799 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
800 * @endcode
801 */
802 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
803
804 /**
805 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
806 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
807 * appended to it as appropriate.
808 */
809 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
810
811 /**
812 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
813 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
814 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
815 * access to the thumbnail path.
816 *
817 * @par Example:
818 * @code
819 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
820 * @endcode
821 */
822 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
823
824 /**
825 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
826 */
827 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
828
829 /**
830 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
831 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
832 *
833 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
834 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
835 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
836 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
837 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
838 *
839 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
840 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
841 */
842 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
843
844 /**
845 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
846 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
847 * directory layout.
848 */
849 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
850
851 /**
852 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
853 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
854 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
855 * image description page on this wiki.
856 *
857 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
858 */
859 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
860
861 /**
862 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
863 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
864 *
865 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
866 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
867 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
868 */
869 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
870
871 /**
872 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
873 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
874 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
875 */
876 $wgFileBlacklist = [
877 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
878 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
879 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
880 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
881 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
882 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
883 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
884 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
885
886 /**
887 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
888 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
889 */
890 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
891 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
892 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
893 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
894 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
895 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
896 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
897 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
898 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
899 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
900 'application/x-msmetafile',
901 ];
902
903 /**
904 * Allow Java archive uploads.
905 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
906 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
907 */
908 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
909
910 /**
911 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
912 *
913 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
914 */
915 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
916
917 /**
918 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
919 * by $wgFileExtensions.
920 *
921 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
922 */
923 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
924
925 /**
926 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
927 *
928 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
929 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
930 */
931 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
932
933 /**
934 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
935 */
936 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
937
938 /**
939 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
940 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
941 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
942 *
943 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
944 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
945 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
946 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
947 */
948 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
949 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
950 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
951 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
952 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
953 "application/pdf", // PDF files
954 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
955 ];
956
957 /**
958 * Plugins for media file type handling.
959 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
960 *
961 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
962 * and extensions should use extension.json.
963 */
964 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
965
966 /**
967 * Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual
968 * thumbnails, so a mock will do)
969 */
970 $wgParserTestMediaHandlers = [
971 'image/jpeg' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
972 'image/png' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
973 'image/gif' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
974 'image/tiff' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
975 'image/webp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
976 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
977 'image/x-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
978 'image/x-xcf' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
979 'image/svg+xml' => 'MockSvgHandler',
980 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'MockDjVuHandler',
981 ];
982
983 /**
984 * Plugins for page content model handling.
985 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
986 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
987 *
988 * @since 1.21
989 */
990 $wgContentHandlers = [
991 // the usual case
992 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => WikitextContentHandler::class,
993 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
994 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => JavaScriptContentHandler::class,
995 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
996 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => JsonContentHandler::class,
997 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
998 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => CssContentHandler::class,
999 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
1000 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => TextContentHandler::class,
1001 ];
1002
1003 /**
1004 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
1005 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
1006 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
1007 */
1008 $wgUseImageResize = true;
1009
1010 /**
1011 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
1012 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
1013 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
1014 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
1015 *
1016 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
1017 */
1018 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
1019
1020 /**
1021 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1022 */
1023 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1024
1025 /**
1026 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1027 * @since 1.27
1028 */
1029 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1030
1031 /**
1032 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1033 */
1034 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1035
1036 /**
1037 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1038 */
1039 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1040
1041 /**
1042 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1043 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1044 */
1045 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1046
1047 /**
1048 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1049 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1050 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1051 *
1052 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1053 * @code
1054 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1055 * @endcode
1056 *
1057 * Leave as false to skip this.
1058 */
1059 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1060
1061 /**
1062 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1063 *
1064 * @since 1.21
1065 */
1066 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1067
1068 /**
1069 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1070 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1071 * at sharp edges.
1072 *
1073 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1074 *
1075 * Supported values:
1076 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1077 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1078 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1079 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1080 *
1081 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1082 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1083 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1084 *
1085 * @since 1.27
1086 */
1087 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1088
1089 /**
1090 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1091 * image formats.
1092 */
1093 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1094
1095 /**
1096 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1097 *
1098 * @since 1.26
1099 */
1100 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1101
1102 /**
1103 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1104 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1105 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1106 *
1107 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1108 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1109 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1110 */
1111 $wgSVGConverters = [
1112 'ImageMagick' =>
1113 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1114 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1115 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1116 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1117 . '$output $input',
1118 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1119 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1120 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1121 ];
1122
1123 /**
1124 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1125 */
1126 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1127
1128 /**
1129 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1130 */
1131 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1132
1133 /**
1134 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1135 */
1136 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1137
1138 /**
1139 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1140 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1141 */
1142 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1143
1144 /**
1145 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1146 *
1147 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1148 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1149 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1150 *
1151 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1152 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1153 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1154 */
1155 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1156
1157 /**
1158 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1159 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1160 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1161 *
1162 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1163 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1164 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1165 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1166 *
1167 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1168 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1169 */
1170 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1171
1172 /**
1173 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1174 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1175 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1176 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1177 */
1178 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1179
1180 /**
1181 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1182 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1183 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1184 *
1185 * @par Example:
1186 * @code
1187 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1188 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1189 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1190 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1191 * @endcode
1192 */
1193 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1194
1195 /**
1196 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1197 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1198 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1199 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1200 */
1201 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1202
1203 /**
1204 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1205 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1206 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1207 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1208 */
1209 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1210
1211 /**
1212 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1213 * output instead of showing an error message.
1214 *
1215 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1216 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1217 *
1218 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1219 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1220 * are logged to a file for review.
1221 */
1222 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1223
1224 /**
1225 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1226 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1227 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1228 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1229 * webserver(s).
1230 */
1231 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1232
1233 /**
1234 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1235 */
1236 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1237
1238 /**
1239 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1240 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1241 * is available that can rotate.
1242 */
1243 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1244
1245 /**
1246 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1247 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1248 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1249 */
1250 $wgAntivirus = null;
1251
1252 /**
1253 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1254 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1255 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1256 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1257 *
1258 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1259 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1260 *
1261 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1262 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1263 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1264 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1265 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1266 * path.
1267 *
1268 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1269 * function in SpecialUpload.
1270 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1271 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1272 * is not set.
1273 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1274 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1275 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1276 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1277 * no virus was found.
1278 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1279 * a virus.
1280 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1281 *
1282 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1283 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1284 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1285 */
1286 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1287
1288 # setup for clamav
1289 'clamav' => [
1290 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1291 'codemap' => [
1292 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1293 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1294 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1295 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1296 ],
1297 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1298 ],
1299 ];
1300
1301 /**
1302 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1303 */
1304 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1305
1306 /**
1307 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1308 */
1309 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1310
1311 /**
1312 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1313 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1314 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1315 */
1316 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1317
1318 /**
1319 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1320 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1321 */
1322 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1323
1324 /**
1325 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1326 * the MIME type to standard output.
1327 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1328 * If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
1329 *
1330 * @par Example:
1331 * @code
1332 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1333 * @endcode
1334 */
1335 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1336
1337 /**
1338 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1339 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1340 * can be trusted.
1341 */
1342 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1343
1344 /**
1345 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1346 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1347 */
1348 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1349 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1350 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1351 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1352 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1353 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1354 ];
1355
1356 /**
1357 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1358 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1359 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1360 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1361 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1362 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1363 */
1364 $wgImageLimits = [
1365 [ 320, 240 ],
1366 [ 640, 480 ],
1367 [ 800, 600 ],
1368 [ 1024, 768 ],
1369 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1370 ];
1371
1372 /**
1373 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1374 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1375 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1376 */
1377 $wgThumbLimits = [
1378 120,
1379 150,
1380 180,
1381 200,
1382 250,
1383 300
1384 ];
1385
1386 /**
1387 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1388 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1389 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1390 *
1391 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1392 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1393 * supports it.
1394 */
1395 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1396
1397 /**
1398 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1399 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1400 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1401 * following buckets:
1402 *
1403 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1404 *
1405 * and a distance of 50:
1406 *
1407 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1408 *
1409 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1410 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1411 */
1412 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1413
1414 /**
1415 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1416 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1417 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1418 *
1419 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1420 *
1421 * @since 1.25
1422 */
1423
1424 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1425
1426 /**
1427 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1428 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1429 *
1430 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1431 * thumbnail's URL.
1432 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1433 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1434 *
1435 * @since 1.25
1436 */
1437 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1438
1439 /**
1440 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1441 *
1442 * @since 1.25
1443 */
1444 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1445
1446 /**
1447 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1448 * HTTP request to.
1449 *
1450 * @since 1.25
1451 */
1452 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1453
1454 /**
1455 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1456 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1457 *
1458 * @since 1.26
1459 */
1460 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1461
1462 /**
1463 * Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
1464 * Fields are:
1465 * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1466 * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1467 * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1468 * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1469 * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1470 * and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1471 * @deprecated since 1.28
1472 * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1473 * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
1474 * - mode: Gallery mode
1475 */
1476 $wgGalleryOptions = [];
1477
1478 /**
1479 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1480 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1481 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1482 */
1483 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1484
1485 /**
1486 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1487 */
1488 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1489
1490 /**
1491 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1492 *
1493 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1494 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1495 *
1496 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1497 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1498 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1499 */
1500 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1501
1502 /**
1503 * @name DJVU settings
1504 * @{
1505 */
1506
1507 /**
1508 * Path of the djvudump executable
1509 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1510 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1511 */
1512 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1513
1514 /**
1515 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1516 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1517 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1518 */
1519 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1520
1521 /**
1522 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1523 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1524 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1525 */
1526 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1527
1528 /**
1529 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1530 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1531 *
1532 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1533 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1534 * the efficiency problem.
1535 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1536 *
1537 * @par Example:
1538 * @code
1539 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1540 * @endcode
1541 */
1542 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1543
1544 /**
1545 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1546 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1547 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1548 */
1549 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1550
1551 /**
1552 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1553 */
1554 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1555
1556 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1557
1558 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1559
1560 /************************************************************************//**
1561 * @name Email settings
1562 * @{
1563 */
1564
1565 /**
1566 * Site admin email address.
1567 *
1568 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1569 */
1570 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1571
1572 /**
1573 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1574 *
1575 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1576 *
1577 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1578 */
1579 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1580
1581 /**
1582 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1583 *
1584 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1585 */
1586 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1587
1588 /**
1589 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1590 *
1591 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1592 */
1593 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1594
1595 /**
1596 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1597 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1598 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1599 */
1600 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1601
1602 /**
1603 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1604 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1605 */
1606 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1607
1608 /**
1609 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail blacklist.
1610 *
1611 * @since 1.30
1612 */
1613 $wgEnableUserEmailBlacklist = false;
1614
1615 /**
1616 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1617 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1618 *
1619 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1620 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1621 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1622 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1623 */
1624 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1625
1626 /**
1627 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1628 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1629 */
1630 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1631
1632 /**
1633 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1634 */
1635 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1636
1637 /**
1638 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1639 */
1640 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1641
1642 /**
1643 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1644 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1645 */
1646 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1647
1648 /**
1649 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1650 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1651 */
1652 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1653
1654 /**
1655 * SMTP Mode.
1656 *
1657 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1658 * Default to false or fill an array :
1659 *
1660 * @code
1661 * $wgSMTP = [
1662 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1663 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1664 * 'port' => '25',
1665 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1666 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1667 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1668 * ];
1669 * @endcode
1670 */
1671 $wgSMTP = false;
1672
1673 /**
1674 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1675 */
1676 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1677
1678 /**
1679 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1680 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1681 */
1682 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1683
1684 /**
1685 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1686 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1687 */
1688 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1689
1690 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1691 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1692 # enable or disable at their discretion
1693 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1694 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1695
1696 /**
1697 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1698 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1699 * spam relay.
1700 */
1701 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1702
1703 /**
1704 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1705 */
1706 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1707
1708 /**
1709 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1710 * user talk page.
1711 *
1712 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1713 * preference set to true.
1714 */
1715 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1716
1717 /**
1718 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1719 * allowed this in the preferences.
1720 */
1721 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1722
1723 /**
1724 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1725 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1726 *
1727 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1728 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1729 *
1730 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1731 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1732 *
1733 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1734 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1735 */
1736 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1737
1738 /**
1739 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1740 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1741 *
1742 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1743 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1744 */
1745 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1746
1747 /**
1748 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1749 * match the limit on your mail server.
1750 */
1751 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1752
1753 /**
1754 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1755 */
1756 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1757
1758 /**
1759 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1760 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1761 */
1762 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1763
1764 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1765
1766 /************************************************************************//**
1767 * @name Database settings
1768 * @{
1769 */
1770
1771 /**
1772 * Database host name or IP address
1773 */
1774 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1775
1776 /**
1777 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1778 */
1779 $wgDBport = 5432;
1780
1781 /**
1782 * Name of the database
1783 */
1784 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1785
1786 /**
1787 * Database username
1788 */
1789 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1790
1791 /**
1792 * Database user's password
1793 */
1794 $wgDBpassword = '';
1795
1796 /**
1797 * Database type
1798 */
1799 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1800
1801 /**
1802 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1803 *
1804 * This setting is only used if $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1805 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1806 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1807 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1808 */
1809 $wgDBssl = false;
1810
1811 /**
1812 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1813 *
1814 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1815 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1816 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1817 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1818 */
1819 $wgDBcompress = false;
1820
1821 /**
1822 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1823 */
1824 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1825
1826 /**
1827 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1828 */
1829 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1830
1831 /**
1832 * Search type.
1833 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1834 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1835 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1836 */
1837 $wgSearchType = null;
1838
1839 /**
1840 * Alternative search types
1841 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1842 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1843 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1844 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1845 */
1846 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1847
1848 /**
1849 * Table name prefix
1850 */
1851 $wgDBprefix = '';
1852
1853 /**
1854 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1855 */
1856 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1857
1858 /**
1859 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1860 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1861 * DBA has done his best job.
1862 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1863 */
1864 $wgSQLMode = '';
1865
1866 /**
1867 * Mediawiki schema
1868 */
1869 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1870
1871 /**
1872 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1873 */
1874 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1875
1876 /**
1877 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1878 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1879 * main database.
1880 *
1881 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1882 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1883 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1884 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1885 *
1886 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1887 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1888 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1889 *
1890 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1891 * $wgDBprefix.
1892 *
1893 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1894 * $wgDBmwschema.
1895 *
1896 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1897 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1898 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1899 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1900 */
1901 $wgSharedDB = null;
1902
1903 /**
1904 * @see $wgSharedDB
1905 */
1906 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1907
1908 /**
1909 * @see $wgSharedDB
1910 */
1911 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1912
1913 /**
1914 * @see $wgSharedDB
1915 * @since 1.23
1916 */
1917 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1918
1919 /**
1920 * Database load balancer
1921 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1922 * Fields are:
1923 * - host: Host name
1924 * - dbname: Default database name
1925 * - user: DB user
1926 * - password: DB password
1927 * - type: DB type
1928 * - driver: DB driver (when there are multiple drivers)
1929 *
1930 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1931 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1932 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1933 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1934 *
1935 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1936 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1937 *
1938 * - flags: bit field
1939 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
1940 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1941 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1942 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1943 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1944 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1945 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1946 * if available
1947 *
1948 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
1949 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1950 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
1951 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
1952 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
1953 *
1954 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1955 * variable of the Database object.
1956 *
1957 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1958 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1959 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1960 *
1961 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1962 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
1963 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1964 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1965 *
1966 * @code
1967 * SET @@read_only=1;
1968 * @endcode
1969 *
1970 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
1971 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1972 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1973 */
1974 $wgDBservers = false;
1975
1976 /**
1977 * Load balancer factory configuration
1978 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1979 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1980 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1981 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1982 *
1983 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1984 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1985 */
1986 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple::class ];
1987
1988 /**
1989 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1990 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1991 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
1992 * @since 1.27
1993 */
1994 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
1995
1996 /**
1997 * File to log database errors to
1998 */
1999 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
2000
2001 /**
2002 * Timezone to use in the error log.
2003 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
2004 *
2005 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
2006 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
2007 *
2008 * @par Examples:
2009 * @code
2010 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
2011 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
2012 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
2013 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
2014 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
2015 * @endcode
2016 *
2017 * @since 1.20
2018 */
2019 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
2020
2021 /**
2022 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
2023 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
2024 *
2025 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
2026 *
2027 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
2028 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
2029 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2030 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2031 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2032 *
2033 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2034 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2035 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2036 *
2037 * @deprecated since 1.31
2038 */
2039 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2040
2041 /**
2042 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2043 *
2044 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2045 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2046 * block).
2047 *
2048 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2049 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2050 * connections.
2051 *
2052 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2053 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2054 * pooled.
2055 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2056 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2057 *
2058 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2059 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2060 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2061 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2062 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2063 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2064 *
2065 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2066 */
2067 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2068
2069 /**
2070 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer account.
2071 *
2072 * Array numeric key => database name
2073 */
2074 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2075
2076 /**
2077 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2078 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2079 * show a more obvious warning.
2080 */
2081 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2082
2083 /**
2084 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2085 */
2086 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2087
2088 /**
2089 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2090 */
2091 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2092
2093 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2094
2095 /************************************************************************//**
2096 * @name Text storage
2097 * @{
2098 */
2099
2100 /**
2101 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2102 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2103 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2104 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2105 */
2106 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2107
2108 /**
2109 * External stores allow including content
2110 * from non database sources following URL links.
2111 *
2112 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2113 * @code
2114 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2115 * @endcode
2116 *
2117 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2118 */
2119 $wgExternalStores = [];
2120
2121 /**
2122 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2123 *
2124 * @par Example:
2125 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2126 * @code
2127 * $wgExternalServers = [
2128 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2129 * ];
2130 * @endcode
2131 *
2132 * Used by \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2133 * another class.
2134 */
2135 $wgExternalServers = [];
2136
2137 /**
2138 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2139 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2140 *
2141 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2142 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2143 *
2144 * @par Example:
2145 * @code
2146 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2147 * @endcode
2148 *
2149 * @var array
2150 */
2151 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2152
2153 /**
2154 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2155 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2156 *
2157 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2158 */
2159 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2160
2161 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2162
2163 /************************************************************************//**
2164 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2165 * @{
2166 */
2167
2168 /**
2169 * Disable database-intensive features
2170 */
2171 $wgMiserMode = false;
2172
2173 /**
2174 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2175 */
2176 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2177
2178 /**
2179 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2180 */
2181 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2182
2183 /**
2184 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2185 */
2186 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2187
2188 /**
2189 * Enable slow parser functions
2190 */
2191 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2192
2193 /**
2194 * Allow schema updates
2195 */
2196 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2197
2198 /**
2199 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2200 */
2201 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2202
2203 /**
2204 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2205 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2206 */
2207 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2208
2209 /**
2210 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2211 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2212 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2213 * @since 1.26
2214 */
2215 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2216
2217 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2218
2219 /************************************************************************//**
2220 * @name Cache settings
2221 * @{
2222 */
2223
2224 /**
2225 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2226 * from the web.
2227 *
2228 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2229 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2230 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2231 */
2232 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2233
2234 /**
2235 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2236 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2237 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2238 *
2239 * The options are:
2240 *
2241 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2242 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2243 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2244 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2245 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU or WinCache
2246 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2247 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2248 *
2249 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2250 */
2251 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2252
2253 /**
2254 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2255 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2256 *
2257 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2258 */
2259 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2260
2261 /**
2262 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2263 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2264 *
2265 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2266 */
2267 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2268
2269 /**
2270 * The cache type for storing session data.
2271 *
2272 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2273 */
2274 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2275
2276 /**
2277 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2278 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2279 *
2280 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2281 *
2282 * @since 1.20
2283 */
2284 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2285
2286 /**
2287 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2288 *
2289 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2290 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2291 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2292 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2293 *
2294 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2295 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2296 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2297 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2298 */
2299 $wgObjectCaches = [
2300 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => EmptyBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2301 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2302
2303 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2304 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2305 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2306
2307 'db-replicated' => [
2308 'class' => ReplicatedBagOStuff::class,
2309 'readFactory' => [
2310 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2311 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2312 ],
2313 'writeFactory' => [
2314 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2315 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2316 ],
2317 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2318 'reportDupes' => false
2319 ],
2320
2321 'apc' => [ 'class' => APCBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2322 'apcu' => [ 'class' => APCUBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2323 'wincache' => [ 'class' => WinCacheBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2324 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2325 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPeclBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2326 'hash' => [ 'class' => HashBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2327 ];
2328
2329 /**
2330 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2331 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2332 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2333 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2334 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2335 *
2336 * The options are:
2337 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2338 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2339 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2340 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2341 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2342 * @since 1.26
2343 */
2344 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2345
2346 /**
2347 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2348 *
2349 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2350 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2351 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2352 *
2353 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2354 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2355 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2356 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2357 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2358 *
2359 * @since 1.26
2360 */
2361 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2362 CACHE_NONE => [
2363 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2364 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2365 'channels' => []
2366 ]
2367 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2368 'memcached-php' => [
2369 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2370 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2371 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2372 ]
2373 */
2374 ];
2375
2376 /**
2377 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2378 *
2379 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2380 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2381 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2382 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2383 *
2384 * @var bool
2385 * @since 1.29
2386 */
2387 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2388
2389 /**
2390 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2391 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2392 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2393 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2394 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2395 *
2396 * The options are:
2397 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2398 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2399 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2400 *
2401 * @since 1.26
2402 */
2403 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2404
2405 /**
2406 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2407 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2408 */
2409 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2410
2411 /**
2412 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2413 */
2414 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2415
2416 /**
2417 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2418 */
2419 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2420
2421 /**
2422 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2423 */
2424 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2425
2426 /**
2427 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2428 *
2429 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2430 *
2431 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2432 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2433 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2434 * others' cookies.
2435 *
2436 * @since 1.27
2437 * @var string
2438 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2439 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2440 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2441 */
2442 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2443
2444 /**
2445 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2446 *
2447 * @since 1.28
2448 */
2449 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2450
2451 /**
2452 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2453 */
2454 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2455
2456 /**
2457 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2458 */
2459 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2460
2461 /**
2462 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2463 * requests.
2464 */
2465 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2466
2467 /**
2468 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2469 */
2470 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2471
2472 /**
2473 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2474 *
2475 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2476 *
2477 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2478 *
2479 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2480 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2481 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2482 */
2483 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2484
2485 /**
2486 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2487 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2488 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2489 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2490 */
2491 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2492
2493 /**
2494 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2495 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2496 *
2497 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2498 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2499 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2500 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2501 * otherwise the database will be used.
2502 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2503 * store static arrays.
2504 *
2505 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2506 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2507 *
2508 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2509 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2510 * will be used.
2511 *
2512 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2513 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2514 */
2515 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2516 'class' => LocalisationCache::class,
2517 'store' => 'detect',
2518 'storeClass' => false,
2519 'storeDirectory' => false,
2520 'manualRecache' => false,
2521 ];
2522
2523 /**
2524 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2525 */
2526 $wgCachePages = true;
2527
2528 /**
2529 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2530 * client-side and server-side caching.
2531 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2532 * @verbatim
2533 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2534 * @endverbatim
2535 */
2536 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2537
2538 /**
2539 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2540 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2541 */
2542 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2543
2544 /**
2545 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2546 *
2547 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2548 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2549 * styles.
2550 *
2551 * @deprecated since 1.31
2552 */
2553 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2554
2555 /**
2556 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2557 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2558 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2559 */
2560 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2561
2562 /**
2563 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2564 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2565 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2566 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2567 */
2568 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2569
2570 /**
2571 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2572 * @deprecated since 1.26
2573 */
2574 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2575
2576 /**
2577 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2578 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2579 */
2580 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2581
2582 /**
2583 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2584 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2585 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2586 *
2587 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2588 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2589 * don't update as expected.
2590 */
2591 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2592
2593 /**
2594 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2595 */
2596 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2597
2598 /**
2599 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2600 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2601 *
2602 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2603 */
2604 $wgUseGzip = false;
2605
2606 /**
2607 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2608 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2609 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2610 * a grace period.
2611 */
2612 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2613
2614 /**
2615 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2616 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2617 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2618 *
2619 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2620 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2621 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2622 */
2623 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2624
2625 /**
2626 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2627 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2628 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2629 *
2630 * @par Example:
2631 * @code
2632 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2633 * @endcode
2634 *
2635 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2636 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2637 *
2638 * @var int|bool
2639 */
2640 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2641
2642 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2643
2644 /************************************************************************//**
2645 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2646 *
2647 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2648 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2649 *
2650 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2651 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2652 * more details.
2653 *
2654 * @{
2655 */
2656
2657 /**
2658 * Enable/disable CDN.
2659 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2660 */
2661 $wgUseSquid = false;
2662
2663 /**
2664 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2665 */
2666 $wgUseESI = false;
2667
2668 /**
2669 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2670 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2671 * @since 1.27
2672 */
2673 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2674
2675 /**
2676 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2677 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2678 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2679 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2680 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2681 * HTTP redirects.
2682 */
2683 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2684
2685 /**
2686 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2687 *
2688 * @par Example:
2689 * @code
2690 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2691 * @endcode
2692 */
2693 $wgInternalServer = false;
2694
2695 /**
2696 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2697 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2698 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2699 *
2700 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2701 */
2702 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2703
2704 /**
2705 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2706 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2707 * @since 1.27
2708 */
2709 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2710
2711 /**
2712 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2713 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2714 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2715 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2716 *
2717 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2718 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2719 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2720 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2721 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2722 *
2723 * @since 1.27
2724 */
2725 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2726
2727 /**
2728 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2729 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2730 * @since 1.27
2731 */
2732 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2733
2734 /**
2735 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2736 *
2737 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2738 */
2739 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2740
2741 /**
2742 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2743 *
2744 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2745 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2746 *
2747 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2748 */
2749 $wgSquidServers = [];
2750
2751 /**
2752 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2753 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2754 * CIDR blocks.
2755 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2756 */
2757 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2758
2759 /**
2760 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2761 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2762 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2763 *
2764 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2765 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2766 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2767 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2768 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2769 *
2770 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2771 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2772 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2773 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2774 * reverse).
2775 *
2776 * @since 1.21
2777 */
2778 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2779
2780 /**
2781 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2782 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2783 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2784 *
2785 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2786 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2787 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2788 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2789 *
2790 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2791 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2792 * @code
2793 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2794 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2795 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2796 * 'port' => 4827,
2797 * ],
2798 * '' => [
2799 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2800 * 'port' => 4827,
2801 * ],
2802 * ];
2803 * @endcode
2804 *
2805 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2806 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2807 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2808 *
2809 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2810 * @code
2811 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2812 * '' => [
2813 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2814 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2815 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2816 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2817 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2818 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2819 * ],
2820 * ];
2821 * @endcode
2822 *
2823 * @since 1.22
2824 *
2825 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2826 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2827 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2828 *
2829 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2830 */
2831 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2832
2833 /**
2834 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2835 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2836 */
2837 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2838
2839 /**
2840 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2841 */
2842 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2843
2844 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2845
2846 /************************************************************************//**
2847 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2848 * @{
2849 */
2850
2851 /**
2852 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2853 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2854 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2855 *
2856 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2857 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2858 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2859 *
2860 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2861 * change it in their preferences.
2862 *
2863 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2864 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2865 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2866 */
2867 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2868
2869 /**
2870 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2871 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2872 */
2873 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2874
2875 /**
2876 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2877 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2878 *
2879 * @par Example:
2880 * @code
2881 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2882 * @endcode
2883 */
2884 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2885
2886 /**
2887 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2888 */
2889 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2890
2891 /**
2892 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2893 */
2894 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2895
2896 /**
2897 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2898 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2899 * Notes:
2900 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2901 * map.
2902 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2903 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2904 * this array.
2905 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2906 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2907 * the prefix in this array.
2908 */
2909 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2910
2911 /**
2912 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2913 */
2914 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2915
2916 /**
2917 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
2918 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
2919 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2920 *
2921 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
2922 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
2923 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
2924 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
2925 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
2926 *
2927 * @since 1.29
2928 */
2929 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
2930 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
2931 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
2932 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
2933 ];
2934
2935 /**
2936 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
2937 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
2938 *
2939 * @deprecated since 1.29
2940 */
2941 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
2942
2943 /**
2944 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2945 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2946 * set to "ar".
2947 *
2948 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2949 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2950 */
2951 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2952
2953 /**
2954 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2955 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2956 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2957 * support these characters.
2958 *
2959 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2960 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2961 */
2962 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2963
2964 /**
2965 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2966 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2967 * impact.
2968 *
2969 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2970 * details.
2971 *
2972 * @since 1.17
2973 */
2974 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2975
2976 /**
2977 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2978 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2979 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2980 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2981 *
2982 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2983 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2984 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2985 */
2986 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2987
2988 /**
2989 * @deprecated since 1.30, does nothing
2990 */
2991 $wgBrowserBlackList = [];
2992
2993 /**
2994 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
2995 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
2996 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
2997 *
2998 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
2999 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
3000 * to remain viewable.
3001 *
3002 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3003 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3004 */
3005 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3006
3007 /**
3008 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3009 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3010 */
3011 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3012
3013 /**
3014 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3015 * numerals in interface.
3016 */
3017 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3018
3019 /**
3020 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3021 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3022 */
3023 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3024
3025 /**
3026 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3027 */
3028 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3029
3030 /**
3031 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3032 */
3033 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3034
3035 /**
3036 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3037 */
3038 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3039
3040 /**
3041 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3042 */
3043 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3044
3045 /**
3046 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3047 */
3048 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3049
3050 /**
3051 * Whether to enable the pig latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
3052 * used to ease variant development work.
3053 */
3054 $wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
3055
3056 /**
3057 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3058 *
3059 * @par Example:
3060 * @code
3061 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3062 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3063 * @endcode
3064 */
3065 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3066
3067 /**
3068 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3069 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3070 * language variant.
3071 *
3072 * @par Example:
3073 * @code
3074 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3075 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3076 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3077 * @endcode
3078 *
3079 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3080 *
3081 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3082 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3083 */
3084 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3085
3086 /**
3087 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3088 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3089 * customise these.
3090 */
3091 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3092
3093 /**
3094 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3095 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3096 *
3097 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3098 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3099 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3100 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3101 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3102 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3103 * the default behavior.
3104 *
3105 * @par Example:
3106 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3107 * portal:
3108 * @code
3109 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3110 * @endcode
3111 */
3112 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3113
3114 /**
3115 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3116 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3117 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3118 *
3119 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3120 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3121 *
3122 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3123 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3124 *
3125 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3126 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3127 *
3128 * @par Examples:
3129 * @code
3130 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3131 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3132 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3133 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3134 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3135 * @endcode
3136 */
3137 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3138
3139 /**
3140 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3141 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3142 *
3143 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3144 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3145 *
3146 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3147 */
3148 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3149
3150 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3151
3152 /*************************************************************************//**
3153 * @name Output format and skin settings
3154 * @{
3155 */
3156
3157 /**
3158 * The default Content-Type header.
3159 */
3160 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3161
3162 /**
3163 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3164 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3165 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3166 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3167 * @deprecated since 1.22
3168 */
3169 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3170
3171 /**
3172 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3173 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3174 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3175 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3176 * @deprecated since 1.22
3177 */
3178 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3179
3180 /**
3181 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3182 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3183 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3184 * to true by Setup.php.
3185 * @deprecated since 1.22
3186 */
3187 $wgHtml5 = true;
3188
3189 /**
3190 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3191 *
3192 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3193 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3194 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3195 * @since 1.16
3196 */
3197 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3198
3199 /**
3200 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3201 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3202 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3203 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3204 * @since 1.24
3205 */
3206 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3207
3208 /**
3209 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3210 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3211 * stable and change has been communicated.
3212 * @since 1.24
3213 */
3214 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3215
3216 /**
3217 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3218 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3219 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3220 *
3221 * @since 1.28
3222 */
3223 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3224
3225 /**
3226 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3227 *
3228 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3229 *
3230 * @par Example:
3231 * @code
3232 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3233 * @endcode
3234 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3235 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3236 *
3237 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3238 */
3239 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3240
3241 /**
3242 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3243 *
3244 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3245 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3246 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3247 */
3248 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3249
3250 /**
3251 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3252 */
3253 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3254
3255 /**
3256 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3257 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3258 */
3259 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3260
3261 /**
3262 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3263 *
3264 * @since 1.24
3265 */
3266 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3267
3268 /**
3269 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3270 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3271 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3272 */
3273 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3274
3275 /**
3276 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3277 */
3278 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3279
3280 /**
3281 * Allow user Javascript page?
3282 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3283 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3284 */
3285 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3286
3287 /**
3288 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3289 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3290 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3291 */
3292 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3293
3294 /**
3295 * Allow style-related user-preferences?
3296 *
3297 * This controls whether the `editfont` and `underline` preferences
3298 * are availabe to users.
3299 */
3300 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3301
3302 /**
3303 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3304 */
3305 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3306
3307 /**
3308 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3309 */
3310 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3311
3312 /**
3313 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3314 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3315 */
3316 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3317
3318 /**
3319 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3320 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3321 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3322 *
3323 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3324 *
3325 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3326 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3327 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3328 *
3329 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3330 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3331 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3332 * recommended.
3333 *
3334 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3335 * not just edit pages.
3336 */
3337 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3338
3339 /**
3340 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3341 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3342 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3343 * Options are:
3344 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3345 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3346 * - false: Allow all framing.
3347 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3348 */
3349 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3350
3351 /**
3352 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3353 */
3354 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3355
3356 /**
3357 * Abandoned experiment with HTML5-style ID escaping. Normalized IDs a bit
3358 * too aggressively, breaking preexisting content (particularly Cite).
3359 * See T29733, T29694, T29474.
3360 *
3361 * @deprecated since 1.30, use $wgFragmentMode
3362 */
3363 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3364
3365 /**
3366 * How should section IDs be encoded?
3367 * This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of:
3368 * - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Displays Unicode
3369 * characters in most browsers' address bars.
3370 * - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92
3371 * - 'html5-legacy' corresponds to DEPRECATED $wgExperimentalHtmlIds mode. DO NOT use
3372 * it for anything but migration off that mode (see below).
3373 *
3374 * The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This
3375 * is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of
3376 * a page.
3377 *
3378 * The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations.
3379 * If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its
3380 * id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding
3381 * would still work.
3382 *
3383 * Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5'
3384 *
3385 * On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when
3386 * all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting,
3387 * flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being
3388 * generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will
3389 * still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and
3390 * set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which
3391 * fragment mode is used.
3392 *
3393 * @since 1.30
3394 */
3395 $wgFragmentMode = [ 'legacy', 'html5' ];
3396
3397 /**
3398 * Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation
3399 * for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites,
3400 * this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted
3401 * to 'html5'.
3402 *
3403 * @since 1.30
3404 */
3405 $wgExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = 'legacy';
3406
3407 /**
3408 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3409 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3410 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3411 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3412 *
3413 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3414 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3415 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3416 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3417 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3418 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3419 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3420 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3421 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3422 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3423 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3424 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3425 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3426 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3427 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3428 * not be outputted
3429 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3430 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3431 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3432 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3433 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3434 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3435 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3436 */
3437 $wgFooterIcons = [
3438 "copyright" => [
3439 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3440 ],
3441 "poweredby" => [
3442 "mediawiki" => [
3443 // Defaults to point at
3444 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3445 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3446 "src" => null,
3447 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3448 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3449 ]
3450 ],
3451 ];
3452
3453 /**
3454 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3455 * to create an account.
3456 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3457 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3458 */
3459 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3460
3461 /**
3462 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3463 */
3464 $wgEdititis = false;
3465
3466 /**
3467 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3468 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3469 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3470 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3471 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3472 *
3473 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3474 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3475 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3476 */
3477 $wgSend404Code = true;
3478
3479 /**
3480 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3481 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3482 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3483 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3484 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3485 *
3486 * @since 1.20
3487 */
3488 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3489
3490 /**
3491 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3492 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3493 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3494 * unconditionally.
3495 */
3496 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3497
3498 /**
3499 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3500 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3501 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3502 * the domain root.
3503 *
3504 * @since 1.25
3505 */
3506 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3507
3508 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3509
3510 /*************************************************************************//**
3511 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3512 * @{
3513 */
3514
3515 /**
3516 * Client-side resource modules.
3517 *
3518 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3519 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3520 *
3521 * @par Example:
3522 * @code
3523 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3524 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3525 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3526 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3527 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3528 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3529 * ];
3530 * @endcode
3531 */
3532 $wgResourceModules = [];
3533
3534 /**
3535 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3536 *
3537 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3538 * not be modified or disabled.
3539 *
3540 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3541 *
3542 * @par Example:
3543 * @code
3544 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3545 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3546 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3547 * ];
3548 *
3549 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3550 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3551 * ];
3552 * @endcode
3553 *
3554 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3555 *
3556 * @par Equivalent:
3557 * @code
3558 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3559 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3560 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3561 * 'skinStyles' => [
3562 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3563 * ],
3564 * ];
3565 * @endcode
3566 *
3567 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3568 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3569 *
3570 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3571 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3572 *
3573 * @par Example:
3574 * @code
3575 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3576 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3577 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3578 * 'skinStyles' => [
3579 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3580 * ],
3581 * ];
3582 * // Note the '+' character:
3583 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3584 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3585 * ];
3586 * @endcode
3587 *
3588 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3589 *
3590 * @par Equivalent:
3591 * @code
3592 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3593 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3594 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3595 * 'skinStyles' => [
3596 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3597 * 'foo' => [
3598 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3599 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3600 * ],
3601 * ],
3602 * ];
3603 * @endcode
3604 *
3605 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3606 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3607 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3608 *
3609 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3610 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3611 *
3612 * @par Example:
3613 * @code
3614 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3615 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3616 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3617 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3618 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3619 * ];
3620 * @endcode
3621 */
3622 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3623
3624 /**
3625 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3626 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3627 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3628 *
3629 * @par Example:
3630 * @code
3631 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3632 * @endcode
3633 */
3634 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3635
3636 /**
3637 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3638 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3639 */
3640 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3641
3642 /**
3643 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3644 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3645 *
3646 * Following options to distinguish:
3647 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3648 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3649 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3650 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3651 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3652 *
3653 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3654 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3655 * client and MediaWiki.
3656 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3657 */
3658 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3659 'versioned' => [
3660 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3661 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3662 ],
3663 'unversioned' => [
3664 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3665 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3666 ],
3667 ];
3668
3669 /**
3670 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3671 *
3672 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3673 */
3674 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3675
3676 /**
3677 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3678 *
3679 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3680 */
3681 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3682
3683 /**
3684 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3685 *
3686 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3687 * work.
3688 *
3689 * @par Example of legacy code:
3690 * @code{,js}
3691 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3692 * @endcode
3693 * or:
3694 * @code{,js}
3695 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3696 * @endcode
3697 *
3698 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3699 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3700 * @code{,js}
3701 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3702 * @endcode
3703 * or:
3704 * @code{,js}
3705 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3706 * @endcode
3707 */
3708 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3709
3710 /**
3711 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3712 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3713 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3714 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3715 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3716 * that you can't increase.
3717 *
3718 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3719 * string length limit.
3720 *
3721 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3722 */
3723 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3724
3725 /**
3726 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3727 * prior to minification to validate it.
3728 *
3729 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3730 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3731 */
3732 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3733
3734 /**
3735 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3736 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3737 *
3738 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3739 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3740 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3741 */
3742 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3743
3744 /**
3745 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3746 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3747 *
3748 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3749 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3750 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3751 *
3752 * Changes to this configuration do NOT trigger cache invalidation.
3753 *
3754 * @par Example:
3755 * @code
3756 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3757 * 'exampleFontSize' => '1em',
3758 * 'exampleBlue' => '#36c',
3759 * ];
3760 * @endcode
3761 * @since 1.22
3762 * @deprecated since 1.30 Use ResourceLoaderModule::getLessVars() instead to
3763 * add variables to individual modules that need them.
3764 */
3765 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3766 /**
3767 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet
3768 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3769 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3770 * @since 1.27
3771 * @deprecated 1.31 Use mediawiki.ui/variables instead
3772 */
3773 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3774 ];
3775
3776 /**
3777 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3778 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3779 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3780 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3781 *
3782 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3783 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3784 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3785 * files from its own tree.
3786 *
3787 * @since 1.22
3788 */
3789 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3790 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3791 ];
3792
3793 /**
3794 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3795 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3796 */
3797 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3798
3799 /**
3800 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3801 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3802 *
3803 * @since 1.23
3804 */
3805 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3806
3807 /**
3808 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3809 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3810 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3811 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3812 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3813 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3814 * from the rest of the site.
3815 *
3816 * @since 1.25
3817 */
3818 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3819
3820 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3821
3822 /*************************************************************************//**
3823 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3824 * @{
3825 */
3826
3827 /**
3828 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3829 * used instead.
3830 */
3831 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3832
3833 /**
3834 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3835 *
3836 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3837 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3838 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3839 */
3840 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3841
3842 /**
3843 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3844 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3845 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3846 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3847 * hook or extension.json.
3848 *
3849 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3850 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3851 * the new namespace name.
3852 *
3853 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3854 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3855 *
3856 * @par Example:
3857 * @code
3858 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3859 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3860 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3861 * 102 => "Aide",
3862 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3863 * ];
3864 * @endcode
3865 *
3866 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3867 */
3868 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3869
3870 /**
3871 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3872 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3873 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3874 * @since 1.18
3875 */
3876 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3877
3878 /**
3879 * Namespace aliases.
3880 *
3881 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3882 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3883 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3884 * name.
3885 *
3886 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3887 *
3888 * @par Example:
3889 * @code
3890 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3891 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3892 * 'Help' => 100,
3893 * ];
3894 * @endcode
3895 */
3896 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3897
3898 /**
3899 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3900 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3901 *
3902 * Problematic punctuation:
3903 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3904 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3905 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3906 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3907 * corrupted by apache
3908 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3909 *
3910 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3911 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3912 *
3913 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3914 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3915 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3916 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3917 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3918 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3919 *
3920 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3921 */
3922 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3923
3924 /**
3925 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3926 *
3927 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3928 */
3929 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3930
3931 /**
3932 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3933 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3934 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3935 *
3936 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3937 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3938 */
3939 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3940
3941 /**
3942 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3943 */
3944 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3945
3946 /**
3947 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3948 * @{
3949 */
3950
3951 /**
3952 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3953 * database (.cdb) file.
3954 *
3955 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3956 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3957 * formats such as the following:
3958 *
3959 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3960 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3961 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3962 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3963 *
3964 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3965 * data layout.
3966 *
3967 * @var bool|array|string
3968 */
3969 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3970
3971 /**
3972 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3973 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3974 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3975 * - 3: site levels
3976 */
3977 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3978
3979 /**
3980 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3981 */
3982 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3983
3984 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3985
3986 /**
3987 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
3988 * @{
3989 */
3990
3991 /**
3992 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
3993 */
3994 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
3995
3996 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
3997
3998 /**
3999 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
4000 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
4001 * as 'redirected from' links.
4002 *
4003 * @par Example:
4004 * It might look something like this:
4005 * @code
4006 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
4007 * @endcode
4008 *
4009 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
4010 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
4011 * the URL.
4012 */
4013 $wgRedirectSources = false;
4014
4015 /**
4016 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4017 *
4018 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4019 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4020 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4021 */
4022 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4023
4024 /**
4025 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
4026 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
4027 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
4028 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
4029 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
4030 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
4031 * NS_FILE.
4032 *
4033 * @par Example:
4034 * @code
4035 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4036 * @endcode
4037 */
4038 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4039
4040 /**
4041 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4042 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4043 */
4044 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4045 NS_TALK => true,
4046 NS_USER => true,
4047 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4048 NS_PROJECT => true,
4049 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4050 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4051 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4052 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4053 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4054 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4055 NS_HELP => true,
4056 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4057 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4058 ];
4059
4060 /**
4061 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4062 *
4063 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4064 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4065 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4066 *
4067 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4068 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4069 *
4070 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4071 * the new extension registration system.
4072 *
4073 * @since 1.23
4074 */
4075 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4076
4077 /**
4078 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4079 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4080 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4081 * number of articles in the wiki.
4082 */
4083 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4084
4085 /**
4086 * Optional array of namespaces which should be blacklisted from Special:ShortPages
4087 * Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist will
4088 * be shown on that page.
4089 * @since 1.30
4090 */
4091 $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist = [];
4092
4093 /**
4094 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4095 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4096 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4097 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4098 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4099 */
4100 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4101
4102 /**
4103 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4104 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4105 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4106 */
4107 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4108
4109 /**
4110 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4111 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4112 * will make the redirect fail.
4113 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4114 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4115 *
4116 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4117 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4118 */
4119 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4120
4121 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4122
4123 /************************************************************************//**
4124 * @name Parser settings
4125 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4126 * @{
4127 */
4128
4129 /**
4130 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4131 *
4132 * class The class name
4133 *
4134 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4135 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4136 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4137 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4138 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4139 *
4140 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4141 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4142 *
4143 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4144 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4145 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4146 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4147 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4148 * an extension setup function.
4149 */
4150 $wgParserConf = [
4151 'class' => Parser::class,
4152 # 'preprocessorClass' => Preprocessor_Hash::class,
4153 ];
4154
4155 /**
4156 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4157 */
4158 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4159
4160 /**
4161 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4162 * by PPFrame::expand()
4163 */
4164 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4165
4166 /**
4167 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4168 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4169 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4170 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4171 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4172 *
4173 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4174 */
4175 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4176
4177 /**
4178 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4179 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4180 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4181 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4182 */
4183 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4184
4185 /**
4186 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4187 */
4188 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4189
4190 /**
4191 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4192 *
4193 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4194 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4195 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4196 * more information.
4197 *
4198 * @see wfParseUrl
4199 */
4200 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4201 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4202 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4203 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4204 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4205 ];
4206
4207 /**
4208 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4209 */
4210 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4211
4212 /**
4213 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4214 */
4215 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4216
4217 /**
4218 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4219 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4220 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4221 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4222 *
4223 * @par Examples:
4224 * @code
4225 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4226 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4227 * @endcode
4228 */
4229 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4230
4231 /**
4232 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4233 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4234 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4235 * The image will be displayed.
4236 *
4237 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4238 * Or false to disable it
4239 */
4240 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4241
4242 /**
4243 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4244 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4245 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4246 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4247 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4248 * sites they control.
4249 */
4250 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4251
4252 /**
4253 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4254 * array to enable an external tool. By default, we now use the RemexHtml
4255 * library; historically, Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" was typically used.
4256 * See https://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4257 *
4258 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4259 * parameters will be used instead.
4260 *
4261 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4262 *
4263 * Keys are:
4264 * - driver: May be:
4265 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4266 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4267 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4268 * - Html5Depurate: Use external Depurate service
4269 * - Html5Internal: Use the Balancer library in PHP
4270 * - RemexHtml: Use the RemexHtml library in PHP
4271 *
4272 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4273 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4274 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4275 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4276 */
4277 $wgTidyConfig = [ 'driver' => 'RemexHtml' ];
4278
4279 /**
4280 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4281 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4282 */
4283 $wgUseTidy = false;
4284
4285 /**
4286 * The path to the tidy binary.
4287 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4288 */
4289 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4290
4291 /**
4292 * The path to the tidy config file
4293 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4294 */
4295 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4296
4297 /**
4298 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4299 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4300 */
4301 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4302
4303 /**
4304 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4305 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4306 */
4307 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4308
4309 /**
4310 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4311 * Only works for internal tidy.
4312 */
4313 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4314
4315 /**
4316 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4317 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4318 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4319 */
4320 $wgRawHtml = false;
4321
4322 /**
4323 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4324 *
4325 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4326 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4327 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4328 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4329 * to some of your users.
4330 */
4331 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4332
4333 /**
4334 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4335 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4336 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4337 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4338 */
4339 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4340
4341 /**
4342 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4343 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4344 */
4345 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4346
4347 /**
4348 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4349 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4350 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4351 *
4352 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4353 *
4354 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4355 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4356 * etc.
4357 *
4358 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4359 */
4360 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4361
4362 /**
4363 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4364 */
4365 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4366
4367 /**
4368 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4369 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4370 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4371 */
4372 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4373
4374 /**
4375 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4376 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4377 */
4378 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4379
4380 /**
4381 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4382 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4383 */
4384 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4385
4386 /**
4387 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4388 */
4389 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4390
4391 /**
4392 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4393 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4394 */
4395 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4396
4397 /**
4398 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4399 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4400 *
4401 * @since 1.28
4402 */
4403 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4404 'ISBN' => false,
4405 'PMID' => false,
4406 'RFC' => false
4407 ];
4408
4409 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4410
4411 /************************************************************************//**
4412 * @name Statistics
4413 * @{
4414 */
4415
4416 /**
4417 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4418 * as a valid article.
4419 *
4420 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4421 *
4422 * This variable can have the following values:
4423 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4424 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4425 *
4426 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4427 *
4428 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4429 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4430 * script.
4431 */
4432 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4433
4434 /**
4435 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4436 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4437 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4438 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4439 * numbers between different wikis.
4440 */
4441 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4442
4443 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4444
4445 /************************************************************************//**
4446 * @name User accounts, authentication
4447 * @{
4448 */
4449
4450 /**
4451 * Central ID lookup providers
4452 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4453 * @since 1.27
4454 */
4455 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4456 'local' => [ 'class' => LocalIdLookup::class ],
4457 ];
4458
4459 /**
4460 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4461 * @var string
4462 */
4463 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4464
4465 /**
4466 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4467 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4468 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4469 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4470 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4471 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4472 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4473 * Statements:
4474 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4475 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4476 * not be allowed to login, or offered a chance to reset their password
4477 * as part of the login workflow, regardless if it is correct.
4478 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4479 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4480 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4481 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4482 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4483 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4484 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4485 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4486 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4487 * @since 1.26
4488 */
4489 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4490 'policies' => [
4491 'bureaucrat' => [
4492 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4493 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4494 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4495 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4496 ],
4497 'sysop' => [
4498 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4499 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4500 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4501 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4502 ],
4503 'bot' => [
4504 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4505 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4506 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4507 ],
4508 'default' => [
4509 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4510 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4511 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4512 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4513 ],
4514 ],
4515 'checks' => [
4516 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4517 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4518 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4519 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4520 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4521 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4522 ],
4523 ];
4524
4525 /**
4526 * Configure AuthManager
4527 *
4528 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4529 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4530 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4531 * (default is 0).
4532 *
4533 * Elements are:
4534 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4535 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4536 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4537 *
4538 * @since 1.27
4539 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4540 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4541 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4542 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4543 */
4544 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4545
4546 /**
4547 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4548 * @since 1.27
4549 */
4550 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4551 'preauth' => [
4552 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4553 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4554 'sort' => 0,
4555 ],
4556 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4557 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4558 'sort' => 0,
4559 ],
4560 ],
4561 'primaryauth' => [
4562 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4563 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4564 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4565 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4566 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4567 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4568 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4569 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4570 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4571 'args' => [ [
4572 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4573 'authoritative' => false,
4574 ] ],
4575 'sort' => 0,
4576 ],
4577 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4578 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4579 'args' => [ [
4580 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4581 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4582 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4583 // password") if it too fails.
4584 'authoritative' => true,
4585 ] ],
4586 'sort' => 100,
4587 ],
4588 ],
4589 'secondaryauth' => [
4590 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4591 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4592 'sort' => 0,
4593 ],
4594 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4595 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4596 'sort' => 100,
4597 ],
4598 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4599 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4600 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4601 // 'sort' => 100,
4602 // ],
4603 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4604 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4605 'sort' => 200,
4606 ],
4607 ],
4608 ];
4609
4610 /**
4611 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4612 *
4613 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4614 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4615 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4616 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4617 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4618 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4619 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4620 * that needs to do this.
4621 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4622 * the last X seconds.
4623 * - Come up with a third option.
4624 *
4625 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4626 * "X seconds".
4627 *
4628 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4629 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4630 * - LinkAccounts
4631 * - UnlinkAccount
4632 * - ChangeCredentials
4633 * - RemoveCredentials
4634 * - ChangeEmail
4635 *
4636 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4637 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4638 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4639 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4640 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4641 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4642 *
4643 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4644 *
4645 * @since 1.27
4646 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4647 */
4648 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4649 'default' => 300,
4650 ];
4651
4652 /**
4653 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4654 *
4655 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4656 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4657 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4658 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4659 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4660 *
4661 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4662 *
4663 * @since 1.27
4664 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4665 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4666 */
4667 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4668 'default' => true,
4669 ];
4670
4671 /**
4672 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4673 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4674 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4675 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4676 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4677 * @since 1.27
4678 * @var string[]
4679 */
4680 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4681 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4682 ];
4683
4684 /**
4685 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4686 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4687 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4688 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4689 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4690 * @since 1.27
4691 * @var string[]
4692 */
4693 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4694 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4695 ];
4696
4697 /**
4698 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4699 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4700 */
4701 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4702
4703 /**
4704 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4705 * words are allowed.
4706 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4707 */
4708 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4709
4710 /**
4711 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4712 *
4713 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4714 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4715 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4716 *
4717 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4718 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4719 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4720 */
4721 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4722
4723 /**
4724 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4725 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4726 * @since 1.23
4727 */
4728 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4729
4730 /**
4731 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4732 *
4733 * @since 1.24
4734 */
4735 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4736
4737 /**
4738 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4739 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4740 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4741 *
4742 * An advanced example:
4743 * @code
4744 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4745 * 'class' => EncryptedPassword::class,
4746 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4747 * 'secrets' => [],
4748 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4749 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4750 * 'cost' => 5,
4751 * ];
4752 * @endcode
4753 *
4754 * @since 1.24
4755 */
4756 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4757 'A' => [
4758 'class' => MWOldPassword::class,
4759 ],
4760 'B' => [
4761 'class' => MWSaltedPassword::class,
4762 ],
4763 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4764 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4765 'types' => [
4766 'A',
4767 'pbkdf2',
4768 ],
4769 ],
4770 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4771 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4772 'types' => [
4773 'B',
4774 'pbkdf2',
4775 ],
4776 ],
4777 'bcrypt' => [
4778 'class' => BcryptPassword::class,
4779 'cost' => 9,
4780 ],
4781 'pbkdf2' => [
4782 'class' => Pbkdf2Password::class,
4783 'algo' => 'sha512',
4784 'cost' => '30000',
4785 'length' => '64',
4786 ],
4787 ];
4788
4789 /**
4790 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4791 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4792 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4793 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4794 */
4795 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4796 'username' => true,
4797 'email' => true,
4798 ];
4799
4800 /**
4801 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4802 */
4803 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4804
4805 /**
4806 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4807 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4808 */
4809 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4810
4811 /**
4812 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4813 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4814 */
4815 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4816 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4817 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4818 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4819 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4820 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4821 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter when importing revisions with no author
4822 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4823 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4824 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4825 'msg:sorbs', // For $wgEnableDnsBlacklist etc.
4826 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4827 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4828 ];
4829
4830 /**
4831 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4832 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4833 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4834 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4835 */
4836 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4837 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4838 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4839 'date' => 'default',
4840 'diffonly' => 0,
4841 'disablemail' => 0,
4842 'editfont' => 'monospace',
4843 'editondblclick' => 0,
4844 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4845 'email-allow-new-users' => 1,
4846 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4847 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4848 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4849 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4850 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4851 'fancysig' => 0,
4852 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4853 'gender' => 'unknown',
4854 'hideminor' => 0,
4855 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4856 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4857 'imagesize' => 2,
4858 'minordefault' => 0,
4859 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4860 'nickname' => '',
4861 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4862 'numberheadings' => 0,
4863 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4864 'previewontop' => 1,
4865 'rcdays' => 7,
4866 'rcenhancedfilters' => 0,
4867 'rcenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4868 'rclimit' => 50,
4869 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4870 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4871 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4872 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4873 'skin' => false,
4874 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4875 'thumbsize' => 5,
4876 'underline' => 2,
4877 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4878 'usenewrc' => 1,
4879 'watchcreations' => 1,
4880 'watchdefault' => 1,
4881 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4882 'watchuploads' => 1,
4883 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4884 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4885 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4886 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4887 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4888 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4889 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4890 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4891 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4892 'watchlistunwatchlinks' => 0,
4893 'watchmoves' => 0,
4894 'watchrollback' => 0,
4895 'wllimit' => 250,
4896 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4897 'prefershttps' => 1,
4898 ];
4899
4900 /**
4901 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4902 */
4903 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4904
4905 /**
4906 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4907 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4908 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4909 */
4910 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4911
4912 /**
4913 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4914 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4915 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4916 *
4917 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4918 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4919 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4920 */
4921 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4922
4923 /**
4924 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4925 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4926 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4927 * @since 1.17
4928 */
4929 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4930
4931 /**
4932 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4933 *
4934 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4935 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4936 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4937 *
4938 * @since 1.27
4939 * @var string|null
4940 */
4941 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4942
4943 /**
4944 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4945 *
4946 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4947 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4948 *
4949 * @since 1.27
4950 */
4951 $wgSessionProviders = [
4952 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4953 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4954 'args' => [ [
4955 'priority' => 30,
4956 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4957 ] ],
4958 ],
4959 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4960 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4961 'args' => [ [
4962 'priority' => 75,
4963 ] ],
4964 ],
4965 ];
4966
4967 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4968
4969 /************************************************************************//**
4970 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4971 * @{
4972 */
4973
4974 /**
4975 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4976 */
4977 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4978
4979 /**
4980 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4981 */
4982 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4983
4984 /**
4985 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4986 */
4987 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4988
4989 /**
4990 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4991 *
4992 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4993 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4994 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4995 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4996 *
4997 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
4998 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
4999 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
5000 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
5001 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
5002 */
5003 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
5004 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
5005 'IPv6' => 19,
5006 ];
5007
5008 /**
5009 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
5010 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
5011 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
5012 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
5013 * anonymous visitors.
5014 */
5015 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5016
5017 /**
5018 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5019 *
5020 * @par Example:
5021 * @code
5022 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5023 * @endcode
5024 *
5025 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5026 *
5027 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5028 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5029 *
5030 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5031 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5032 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5033 *
5034 * @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
5035 * hook instead.
5036 */
5037 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5038
5039 /**
5040 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5041 *
5042 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5043 * is without underscore.
5044 *
5045 * @par Example:
5046 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5047 * @code
5048 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5049 * @endcode
5050 *
5051 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5052 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5053 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5054 *
5055 * @par Example:
5056 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5057 * @code
5058 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5059 * @endcode
5060 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5061 *
5062 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5063 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5064 */
5065 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5066
5067 /**
5068 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5069 * address before being allowed to edit?
5070 */
5071 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5072
5073 /**
5074 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5075 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5076 */
5077 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5078
5079 /**
5080 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5081 *
5082 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5083 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5084 *
5085 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5086 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5087 *
5088 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5089 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5090 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5091 * in in the user_groups table.
5092 *
5093 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5094 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5095 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5096 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5097 *
5098 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5099 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5100 *
5101 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5102 */
5103 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5104
5105 /** @cond file_level_code */
5106 // Implicit group for all visitors
5107 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5108 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5109 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5110 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5111 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5112 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5113 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5114 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5115 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5116 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5117 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5118 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5119
5120 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5121 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5122 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5123 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5124 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5129 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5136 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5140 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5141 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5143
5144 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5147
5148 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5149 // from various log pages by default
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5151 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5152 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5154 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5155 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5156 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5157 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5158
5159 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5160 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5161 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5162 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5163 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5164 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5165 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5166 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5167 // can view deleted revision text
5168 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5169 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5170 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5171 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5172 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjson'] = true;
5173 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5174 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5175 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5176 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5177 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5178 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5179 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5180 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5181 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5182 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5183 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5184 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5185 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5186 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5187 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5188 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5189 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5190 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5191 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5192 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5193 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5194 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5195 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5196 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5197 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5198 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5199 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5200 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5201 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5202 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5203 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5204 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5205
5206 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5207 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5208 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5209 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5210 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5211 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5212 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5213
5214 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5215 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5216 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5217 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5218 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5219 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5220 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5221 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5222 // For private suppression log access
5223 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5224
5225 /**
5226 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5227 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5228 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5229 * server.
5230 */
5231 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5232
5233 /** @endcond */
5234
5235 /**
5236 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5237 *
5238 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5239 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5240 *
5241 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5242 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5243 */
5244 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5245
5246 /**
5247 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5248 */
5249 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5250
5251 /**
5252 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5253 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5254 *
5255 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5256 * group".
5257 *
5258 * @par Example:
5259 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5260 * @code
5261 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5262 * @endcode
5263 *
5264 * @par Example:
5265 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5266 * @code
5267 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5268 * @endcode
5269 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5270 * any group that they happen to be in.
5271 */
5272 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5273
5274 /**
5275 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5276 */
5277 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5278
5279 /**
5280 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5281 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5282 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5283 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5284 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5285 */
5286 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5287
5288 /**
5289 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5290 *
5291 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5292 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5293 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5294 *
5295 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5296 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5297 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5298 */
5299 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5300
5301 /**
5302 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5303 *
5304 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5305 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5306 *
5307 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5308 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5309 */
5310 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5311
5312 /**
5313 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5314 *
5315 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5316 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5317 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5318 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5319 * "semiprotected".
5320 *
5321 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5322 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5323 */
5324 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5325
5326 /**
5327 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5328 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5329 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5330 *
5331 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5332 */
5333 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5334
5335 /**
5336 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5337 *
5338 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5339 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5340 *
5341 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5342 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5343 */
5344 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5345
5346 /**
5347 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5348 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5349 * privileges of new accounts.
5350 *
5351 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5352 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5353 *
5354 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5355 *
5356 * @par Example:
5357 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5358 * @code
5359 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5360 * @endcode
5361 * Set age to one day:
5362 * @code
5363 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5364 * @endcode
5365 */
5366 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5367
5368 /**
5369 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5370 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5371 *
5372 * @par Example:
5373 * @code
5374 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5375 * @endcode
5376 */
5377 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5378
5379 /**
5380 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5381 *
5382 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5383 *
5384 * $wgAutopromote = array(
5385 * 'groupname' => cond,
5386 * 'group2' => cond2,
5387 * );
5388 *
5389 * A `cond` may be:
5390 * - a single condition without arguments:
5391 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5392 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5393 * array( `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` )
5394 * - a single condition with arguments:
5395 * e.g. `array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 )`
5396 * - a set of conditions:
5397 * e.g. `array( 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... )`
5398 *
5399 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5400 * - `&` (**AND**):
5401 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5402 * - `|` (**OR**):
5403 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5404 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5405 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5406 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5407 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5408 * - array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ):
5409 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5410 * - array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ):
5411 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5412 * - array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ):
5413 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5414 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5415 * - array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ):
5416 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5417 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5418 * - array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ):
5419 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5420 * - array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ):
5421 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5422 * - array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ):
5423 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5424 * - array( APCOND_BLOCKED ):
5425 * true if the user is blocked
5426 * - array( APCOND_ISBOT ):
5427 * true if the user is a bot
5428 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5429 *
5430 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5431 * linked by operands.
5432 *
5433 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5434 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5435 */
5436 $wgAutopromote = [
5437 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5438 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5439 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5440 ],
5441 ];
5442
5443 /**
5444 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5445 *
5446 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5447 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5448 *
5449 * The format is:
5450 * @code
5451 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5452 * @endcode
5453 * Where event is either:
5454 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5455 *
5456 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5457 *
5458 * @see $wgAutopromote
5459 * @since 1.18
5460 */
5461 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5462 'onEdit' => [],
5463 ];
5464
5465 /**
5466 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5467 * @since 1.18
5468 */
5469 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5470
5471 /**
5472 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5473 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5474 *
5475 * @par Example:
5476 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5477 * @code
5478 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5479 * @endcode
5480 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5481 * @code
5482 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5483 * @endcode
5484 * Sysops can make bots:
5485 * @code
5486 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5487 * @endcode
5488 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5489 * @code
5490 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5491 * @endcode
5492 */
5493 $wgAddGroups = [];
5494
5495 /**
5496 * @see $wgAddGroups
5497 */
5498 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5499
5500 /**
5501 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5502 * For extensions only.
5503 */
5504 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5505
5506 /**
5507 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5508 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5509 */
5510 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5511
5512 /**
5513 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5514 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5515 * This is limited for performance reason.
5516 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5517 * @since 1.23
5518 */
5519 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5520
5521 /**
5522 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5523 *
5524 * @par Example:
5525 * @code
5526 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5527 * // no more than 100 per month
5528 * [
5529 * 'count' => 100,
5530 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5531 * ],
5532 * // no more than 10 per day
5533 * [
5534 * 'count' => 10,
5535 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5536 * ],
5537 * ];
5538 * @endcode
5539 *
5540 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5541 */
5542 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5543 'count' => 0,
5544 'seconds' => 86400,
5545 ] ];
5546
5547 /**
5548 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5549 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5550 *
5551 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5552 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5553 *
5554 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5555 *
5556 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5557 */
5558 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5559
5560 /**
5561 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5562 */
5563 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5564
5565 /**
5566 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5567 * proxies
5568 * @since 1.16
5569 */
5570 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5571
5572 /**
5573 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5574 *
5575 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5576 * the blacklist require a key).
5577 *
5578 * @par Example:
5579 * @code
5580 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5581 * // String containing URL
5582 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5583 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5584 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5585 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5586 * // just use a string as shown above
5587 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5588 * ];
5589 * @endcode
5590 *
5591 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5592 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5593 * @since 1.16
5594 */
5595 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5596
5597 /**
5598 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5599 * what the other methods might say.
5600 */
5601 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5602
5603 /**
5604 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5605 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5606 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5607 * @since 1.29
5608 * @var string[]
5609 */
5610 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5611
5612 /**
5613 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5614 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5615 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5616 */
5617 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5618
5619 /**
5620 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5621 *
5622 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5623 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5624 * elapses.
5625 *
5626 * @par Example:
5627 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5628 * @code
5629 * $wgRateLimits = [
5630 * 'edit' => [
5631 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5632 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5633 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5634 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5635 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5636 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5637 * ]
5638 * ];
5639 * @endcode
5640 *
5641 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5642 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5643 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5644 * @code
5645 * $wgRateLimits = [
5646 * 'some-action' => [
5647 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5648 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5649 * ];
5650 * @endcode
5651 *
5652 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5653 */
5654 $wgRateLimits = [
5655 // Page edits
5656 'edit' => [
5657 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5658 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5659 'user' => [ 90, 60 ],
5660 ],
5661 // Page moves
5662 'move' => [
5663 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5664 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5665 ],
5666 // File uploads
5667 'upload' => [
5668 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5669 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5670 ],
5671 // Page rollbacks
5672 'rollback' => [
5673 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5674 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5675 ],
5676 // Triggering password resets emails
5677 'mailpassword' => [
5678 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5679 ],
5680 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5681 'emailuser' => [
5682 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5683 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5684 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5685 ],
5686 'changeemail' => [
5687 'ip-all' => [ 10, 3600 ],
5688 'user' => [ 4, 86400 ]
5689 ],
5690 // Purging pages
5691 'purge' => [
5692 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5693 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5694 ],
5695 // Purges of link tables
5696 'linkpurge' => [
5697 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5698 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5699 ],
5700 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5701 'renderfile' => [
5702 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5703 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5704 ],
5705 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5706 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5707 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5708 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5709 ],
5710 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5711 'stashedit' => [
5712 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5713 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5714 ],
5715 // Adding or removing change tags
5716 'changetag' => [
5717 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5718 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5719 ],
5720 // Changing the content model of a page
5721 'editcontentmodel' => [
5722 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5723 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5724 ],
5725 ];
5726
5727 /**
5728 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5729 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5730 */
5731 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5732
5733 /**
5734 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5735 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5736 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5737 */
5738 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5739
5740 /**
5741 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5742 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5743 */
5744 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5745
5746 /**
5747 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5748 *
5749 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5750 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5751 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5752 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5753 *
5754 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5755 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5756 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5757 */
5758 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5759 // Short term limit
5760 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5761 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5762 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5763 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5764 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60 * 60 * 48 ],
5765 ];
5766
5767 /**
5768 * @var array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5769 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5770 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5771 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5772 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5773 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5774 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5775 * @since 1.27
5776 */
5777 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5778
5779 // @TODO: clean up grants
5780 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5781
5782 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5783 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5784 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5785 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5786 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5787 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5788 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5789 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5790 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5791 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5792
5793 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5794 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5795 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5796 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5797
5798 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5799 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5800 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5801 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5802
5803 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5804 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5805
5806 // FIXME: Rename editmycssjs to editmyconfig
5807 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5808 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5809 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5810 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5811
5812 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5813
5814 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5815 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5816 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5817 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjson'] = true;
5818 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5819
5820 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5821 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5822 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5823 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5824 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5825 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5826 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5827
5828 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5829 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5830
5831 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5832 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5833 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5834 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5835 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5836 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5837
5838 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5839
5840 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5841
5842 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5843 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5844
5845 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5846 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5847 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5848
5849 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5850
5851 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5852 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5853 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5854 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5855 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5856 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5857 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5858
5859 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5860 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5861
5862 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5863
5864 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5865
5866 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5867
5868 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5869
5870 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5871
5872 /**
5873 * @var array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5874 * @since 1.27
5875 */
5876 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5877 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5878 'basic' => 'hidden',
5879
5880 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5881 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5882 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5883 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5884
5885 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5886 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5887
5888 'sendemail' => 'email',
5889
5890 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5891 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5892
5893 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5894 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5895
5896 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5897 'rollback' => 'administration',
5898 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5899 'delete' => 'administration',
5900 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5901 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5902 'protect' => 'administration',
5903 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5904
5905 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5906
5907 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5908 ];
5909
5910 /**
5911 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5912 * @since 1.27
5913 */
5914 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5915
5916 /**
5917 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5918 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5919 * @since 1.27
5920 */
5921 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5922
5923 /**
5924 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5925 *
5926 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5927 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5928 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5929 * @since 1.27
5930 */
5931 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5932
5933 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5934
5935 /************************************************************************//**
5936 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5937 * @{
5938 */
5939
5940 /**
5941 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5942 */
5943 $wgSecretKey = false;
5944
5945 /**
5946 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5947 *
5948 * This can have the following formats:
5949 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5950 * or the keys (for backward compatibility, deprecated since 1.30)
5951 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5952 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5953 */
5954 $wgProxyList = [];
5955
5956 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5957
5958 /************************************************************************//**
5959 * @name Cookie settings
5960 * @{
5961 */
5962
5963 /**
5964 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5965 */
5966 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
5967
5968 /**
5969 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5970 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5971 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5972 * login cookies session-only.
5973 */
5974 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5975
5976 /**
5977 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5978 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5979 */
5980 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5981
5982 /**
5983 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5984 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5985 */
5986 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5987
5988 /**
5989 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5990 * - true: Set secure flag
5991 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5992 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5993 */
5994 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
5995
5996 /**
5997 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
5998 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
5999 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
6000 * check.
6001 */
6002 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
6003
6004 /**
6005 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
6006 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
6007 * name to be used as a prefix.
6008 */
6009 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
6010
6011 /**
6012 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
6013 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
6014 * XSS attack.
6015 */
6016 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
6017
6018 /**
6019 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6020 */
6021 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6022
6023 /**
6024 * Override to customise the session name
6025 */
6026 $wgSessionName = false;
6027
6028 /**
6029 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6030 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6031 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6032 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6033 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6034 */
6035 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6036
6037 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6038
6039 /************************************************************************//**
6040 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6041 * @{
6042 */
6043
6044 /**
6045 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6046 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6047 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6048 * Please see math/README for more information.
6049 */
6050 $wgUseTeX = false;
6051
6052 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6053
6054 /************************************************************************//**
6055 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6056 *
6057 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
6058 *
6059 * @{
6060 */
6061
6062 /**
6063 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6064 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6065 * may contain private data.
6066 */
6067 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6068
6069 /**
6070 * Prefix for debug log lines
6071 */
6072 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6073
6074 /**
6075 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6076 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6077 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6078 */
6079 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6080
6081 /**
6082 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6083 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6084 * and gen=js requests.
6085 */
6086 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6087
6088 /**
6089 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6090 *
6091 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6092 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6093 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6094 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6095 */
6096 $wgDebugComments = false;
6097
6098 /**
6099 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6100 *
6101 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6102 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6103 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6104 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6105 */
6106 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6107
6108 /**
6109 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6110 *
6111 * @since 1.26
6112 */
6113 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6114 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6115 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6116 'GET' => [
6117 'masterConns' => 0,
6118 'writes' => 0,
6119 'readQueryTime' => 5
6120 ],
6121 // HTTP POST requests.
6122 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6123 'POST' => [
6124 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6125 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6126 'maxAffected' => 1000
6127 ],
6128 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6129 'masterConns' => 0,
6130 'writes' => 0,
6131 'readQueryTime' => 5
6132 ],
6133 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for GET requests
6134 'PostSend-GET' => [
6135 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6136 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6137 'maxAffected' => 1000,
6138 // Log master queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
6139 'masterConns' => 0,
6140 'writes' => 0,
6141 ],
6142 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for POST requests
6143 'PostSend-POST' => [
6144 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6145 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6146 'maxAffected' => 1000
6147 ],
6148 // Background job runner
6149 'JobRunner' => [
6150 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6151 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6152 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6153 ],
6154 // Command-line scripts
6155 'Maintenance' => [
6156 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6157 'maxAffected' => 1000
6158 ]
6159 ];
6160
6161 /**
6162 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6163 *
6164 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6165 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6166 * in production.
6167 *
6168 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6169 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6170 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6171 * - associative array with keys:
6172 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6173 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6174 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6175 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6176 *
6177 * @par Example:
6178 * @code
6179 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6180 * @endcode
6181 *
6182 * @par Advanced example:
6183 * @code
6184 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6185 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6186 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6187 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6188 * ];
6189 * @endcode
6190 */
6191 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6192
6193 /**
6194 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6195 *
6196 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6197 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6198 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6199 * details.
6200 *
6201 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6202 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6203 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6204 *
6205 * @par To completely disable logging:
6206 * @code
6207 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\NullSpi::class ];
6208 * @endcode
6209 *
6210 * @since 1.25
6211 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6212 * @see MwLogger
6213 */
6214 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6215 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\LegacySpi::class,
6216 ];
6217
6218 /**
6219 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6220 *
6221 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6222 */
6223 $wgShowDebug = false;
6224
6225 /**
6226 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6227 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6228 */
6229 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6230
6231 /**
6232 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6233 */
6234 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6235
6236 /**
6237 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6238 */
6239 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6240
6241 /**
6242 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6243 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6244 * to an attacker.
6245 */
6246 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6247
6248 /**
6249 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6250 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6251 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6252 * formatting.
6253 */
6254 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6255
6256 /**
6257 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6258 *
6259 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6260 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6261 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6262 * exception handler.
6263 */
6264 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6265
6266 /**
6267 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6268 */
6269 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6270
6271 /**
6272 * If true, the MediaWiki error handler passes errors/warnings to the default error handler
6273 * after logging them. The setting is ignored when the track_errors php.ini flag is true.
6274 */
6275 $wgPropagateErrors = true;
6276
6277 /**
6278 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6279 */
6280 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6281
6282 /**
6283 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6284 * Should be a string, default false.
6285 * @since 1.20
6286 */
6287 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6288
6289 /**
6290 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6291 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6292 */
6293 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6294
6295 /**
6296 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6297 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6298 * after the limit.
6299 */
6300 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6301
6302 /**
6303 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6304 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6305 */
6306 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6307
6308 /**
6309 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6310 *
6311 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6312 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6313 */
6314 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6315
6316 /**
6317 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6318 *
6319 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6320 *
6321 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6322 *
6323 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6324 * @since 1.25
6325 */
6326 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6327
6328 /**
6329 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6330 *
6331 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6332 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6333 * @since 1.25
6334 */
6335 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6336
6337 /**
6338 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6339 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6340 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6341 * @since 1.28
6342 */
6343 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [
6344 'wanobjectcache:*' => 0.001
6345 ];
6346
6347 /**
6348 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6349 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6350 * templates.
6351 */
6352 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6353
6354 /**
6355 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6356 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6357 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6358 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6359 */
6360 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6361
6362 /**
6363 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6364 * filename is passed to it.
6365 *
6366 * Extensions using extension.json will have any *.txt file in a
6367 * tests/parser/ directory automatically run.
6368 *
6369 * Core tests can be added to ParserTestRunner::$coreTestFiles.
6370 *
6371 * Use full paths.
6372 *
6373 * @deprecated since 1.30
6374 */
6375 $wgParserTestFiles = [];
6376
6377 /**
6378 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6379 */
6380 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6381
6382 /**
6383 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6384 * @since 1.19
6385 */
6386 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6387
6388 /**
6389 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6390 * queries and other useful output.
6391 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6392 *
6393 * @since 1.19
6394 */
6395 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6396
6397 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6398
6399 /************************************************************************//**
6400 * @name Search
6401 * @{
6402 */
6403
6404 /**
6405 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6406 */
6407 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6408
6409 /**
6410 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6411 * by default off due to execution overhead
6412 */
6413 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6414
6415 /**
6416 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6417 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6418 */
6419 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6420
6421 /**
6422 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6423 *
6424 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6425 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6426 *
6427 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6428 *
6429 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6430 */
6431 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6432
6433 /**
6434 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6435 *
6436 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6437 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6438 *
6439 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6440 */
6441 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6442 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6443 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6444 ];
6445
6446 /**
6447 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6448 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6449 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6450 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6451 */
6452 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6453
6454 /**
6455 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6456 * OpenSearch call.
6457 */
6458 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6459
6460 /**
6461 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6462 */
6463 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6464
6465 /**
6466 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6467 */
6468 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6469
6470 /**
6471 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6472 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6473 */
6474 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6475
6476 /**
6477 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6478 *
6479 * @par Example:
6480 * @code
6481 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6482 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6483 * @endcode
6484 */
6485 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6486 NS_MAIN => true,
6487 ];
6488
6489 /**
6490 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6491 * implemented by an extension instead.
6492 */
6493 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6494
6495 /**
6496 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6497 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6498 * search term.
6499 *
6500 * @par Example:
6501 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6502 * @code
6503 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6504 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6505 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6506 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6507 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6508 * @endcode
6509 */
6510 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6511
6512 /**
6513 * Search form behavior.
6514 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6515 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6516 */
6517 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6518
6519 /**
6520 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6521 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6522 * generated for all namespaces.
6523 */
6524 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6525
6526 /**
6527 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6528 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6529 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6530 *
6531 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6532 * @par Example:
6533 * @code
6534 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6535 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6536 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6537 * ];
6538 * @endcode
6539 */
6540 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6541
6542 /**
6543 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6544 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6545 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6546 */
6547 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6548
6549 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6550
6551 /************************************************************************//**
6552 * @name Edit user interface
6553 * @{
6554 */
6555
6556 /**
6557 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6558 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6559 */
6560 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6561
6562 /**
6563 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6564 */
6565 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6566
6567 /**
6568 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6569 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6570 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6571 */
6572 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6573 NS_CATEGORY => true
6574 ];
6575
6576 /**
6577 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6578 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6579 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6580 */
6581 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6582
6583 /**
6584 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6585 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6586 * ting this variable false.
6587 */
6588 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6589
6590 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6591
6592 /************************************************************************//**
6593 * @name Maintenance
6594 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6595 * @{
6596 */
6597
6598 /**
6599 * @cond file_level_code
6600 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6601 */
6602 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6603 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6604 }
6605 /** @endcond */
6606
6607 /**
6608 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6609 */
6610 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6611
6612 /**
6613 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6614 * used as an explanation to users.
6615 *
6616 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6617 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6618 * option in MySQL.
6619 */
6620 $wgReadOnly = null;
6621
6622 /**
6623 * Set this to true to put the wiki watchlists into read-only mode.
6624 * @var bool
6625 * @since 1.31
6626 */
6627 $wgReadOnlyWatchedItemStore = false;
6628
6629 /**
6630 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6631 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6632 * message.
6633 *
6634 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6635 */
6636 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6637
6638 /**
6639 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6640 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6641 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6642 *
6643 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6644 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6645 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6646 */
6647 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6648
6649 /**
6650 * Fully specified path to git binary
6651 */
6652 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6653
6654 /**
6655 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6656 *
6657 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6658 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6659 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6660 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6661 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6662 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6663 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6664 *
6665 * @since 1.20
6666 */
6667 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6668 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6669 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6670 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6671 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6672 ];
6673
6674 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6675
6676 /************************************************************************//**
6677 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6678 * @{
6679 */
6680
6681 /**
6682 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6683 * seconds will go.
6684 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6685 */
6686 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6687
6688 /**
6689 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6690 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6691 * @since 1.26
6692 */
6693 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6694
6695 /**
6696 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6697 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6698 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6699 * @since 1.26
6700 */
6701 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6702
6703 /**
6704 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6705 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6706 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6707 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6708 * is still there.
6709 */
6710 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6711
6712 /**
6713 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6714 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6715 */
6716 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6717
6718 /**
6719 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6720 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6721 */
6722 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6723
6724 /**
6725 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6726 *
6727 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6728 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6729 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6730 *
6731 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6732 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6733 * passed to the constructor.
6734 *
6735 * Common options:
6736 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6737 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6738 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6739 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6740 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6741 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6742 *
6743 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6744 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6745 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6746 * to determine which RCFeedEngine class to use.
6747 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6748 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6749 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6750 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6751 *
6752 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6753 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6754 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6755 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6756 *
6757 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6758 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6759 *
6760 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6761 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6762 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6763 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6764 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6765 * ];
6766 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6767 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6768 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6769 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6770 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6771 * ];
6772 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6773 * 'class' => ExampleRCFeed::class,
6774 * ];
6775 * @since 1.22
6776 */
6777 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6778
6779 /**
6780 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6781 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6782 * @since 1.22
6783 */
6784 $wgRCEngines = [
6785 'redis' => RedisPubSubFeedEngine::class,
6786 'udp' => UDPRCFeedEngine::class,
6787 ];
6788
6789 /**
6790 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6791 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6792 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6793 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6794 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6795 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6796 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6797 *
6798 * @since 1.27
6799 */
6800 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6801
6802 /**
6803 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6804 * New pages and new files are included.
6805 *
6806 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6807 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6808 * Special:Log.
6809 */
6810 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6811
6812 /**
6813 * Whether a preference is displayed for structured change filters.
6814 * If false, no preference is displayed and structured change filters are disabled.
6815 * If true, structured change filters are *enabled* by default, and a preference is displayed
6816 * that lets users disable them.
6817 *
6818 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6819 *
6820 * @since 1.30
6821 */
6822 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersShowPreference = false;
6823
6824 /**
6825 * Whether to enable RCFilters app on Special:Watchlist
6826 *
6827 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6828 */
6829 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersOnWatchlist = false;
6830
6831 /**
6832 * Polling rate, in seconds, used by the 'live update' and 'view newest' features
6833 * of the RCFilters app on SpecialRecentChanges and Special:Watchlist.
6834 * 0 to disable completely.
6835 */
6836 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersLiveUpdatePollingRate = 3;
6837
6838 /**
6839 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6840 *
6841 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6842 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6843 * Special:Log.
6844 */
6845 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6846
6847 /**
6848 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6849 *
6850 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6851 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6852 * Special:Log.
6853 *
6854 * @since 1.27
6855 */
6856 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6857
6858 /**
6859 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6860 */
6861 $wgFeed = true;
6862
6863 /**
6864 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6865 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6866 */
6867 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6868
6869 /**
6870 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6871 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6872 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6873 *
6874 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6875 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6876 */
6877 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6878
6879 /**
6880 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6881 * pages larger than this size.
6882 */
6883 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6884
6885 /**
6886 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6887 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6888 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6889 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6890 * as value.
6891 * @par Example:
6892 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6893 * @code
6894 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6895 * @endcode
6896 */
6897 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6898
6899 /**
6900 * Available feeds objects.
6901 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6902 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6903 */
6904 $wgFeedClasses = [
6905 'rss' => RSSFeed::class,
6906 'atom' => AtomFeed::class,
6907 ];
6908
6909 /**
6910 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6911 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6912 */
6913 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6914
6915 /**
6916 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6917 */
6918 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6919
6920 /**
6921 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6922 */
6923 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6924
6925 /**
6926 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6927 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6928 * highlighted on the RC page.
6929 */
6930 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6931
6932 /**
6933 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6934 * view for watched pages with new changes
6935 */
6936 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6937
6938 /**
6939 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6940 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6941 */
6942 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6943
6944 /**
6945 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6946 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6947 */
6948 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6949
6950 /**
6951 * List of core tags to enable. Available tags are:
6952 * - 'mw-contentmodelchange': Edit changes content model of a page
6953 * - 'mw-new-redirect': Edit makes new redirect page (new page or by changing content page)
6954 * - 'mw-removed-redirect': Edit changes an existing redirect into a non-redirect
6955 * - 'mw-changed-redirect-target': Edit changes redirect target
6956 * - 'mw-blank': Edit completely blanks the page
6957 * - 'mw-replace': Edit removes more than 90% of the content
6958 * - 'mw-rollback': Edit is a rollback, made through the rollback link or rollback API
6959 * - 'mw-undo': Edit made through an undo link
6960 *
6961 * @var array
6962 * @since 1.31
6963 */
6964 $wgSoftwareTags = [
6965 'mw-contentmodelchange' => true,
6966 'mw-new-redirect' => true,
6967 'mw-removed-redirect' => true,
6968 'mw-changed-redirect-target' => true,
6969 'mw-blank' => true,
6970 'mw-replace' => true,
6971 'mw-rollback' => true,
6972 'mw-undo' => true,
6973 ];
6974
6975 /**
6976 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6977 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6978 * watchers.
6979 *
6980 * @since 1.21
6981 */
6982 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6983
6984 /**
6985 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6986 * certain types of edits.
6987 *
6988 * To register a new one:
6989 * @code
6990 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
6991 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
6992 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
6993 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
6994 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
6995 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
6996 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
6997 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
6998 * 'class' => 'css-class',
6999 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
7000 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
7001 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
7002 * 'grouping' => 'any',
7003 * ];
7004 * @endcode
7005 *
7006 * @since 1.22
7007 */
7008 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
7009 'newpage' => [
7010 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
7011 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
7012 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
7013 'grouping' => 'any',
7014 ],
7015 'minor' => [
7016 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
7017 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
7018 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
7019 'class' => 'minoredit',
7020 'grouping' => 'all',
7021 ],
7022 'bot' => [
7023 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
7024 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
7025 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
7026 'class' => 'botedit',
7027 'grouping' => 'all',
7028 ],
7029 'unpatrolled' => [
7030 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
7031 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
7032 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
7033 'grouping' => 'any',
7034 ],
7035 ];
7036
7037 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
7038
7039 /************************************************************************//**
7040 * @name Copyright and credits settings
7041 * @{
7042 */
7043
7044 /**
7045 * Override for copyright metadata.
7046 *
7047 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
7048 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
7049 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
7050 */
7051 $wgRightsPage = null;
7052
7053 /**
7054 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
7055 * wiki.
7056 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
7057 */
7058 $wgRightsUrl = null;
7059
7060 /**
7061 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
7062 * link.
7063 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
7064 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
7065 */
7066 $wgRightsText = null;
7067
7068 /**
7069 * Override for copyright metadata.
7070 */
7071 $wgRightsIcon = null;
7072
7073 /**
7074 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
7075 */
7076 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
7077
7078 /**
7079 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
7080 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
7081 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
7082 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
7083 * large wikis.
7084 */
7085 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
7086
7087 /**
7088 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
7089 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
7090 */
7091 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7092
7093 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7094
7095 /************************************************************************//**
7096 * @name Import / Export
7097 * @{
7098 */
7099
7100 /**
7101 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7102 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7103 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7104 *
7105 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7106 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7107 * e.g.
7108 * @code
7109 * $wgImportSources = [
7110 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7111 * 'wikispecies',
7112 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7113 * ];
7114 * @endcode
7115 *
7116 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7117 * the ImportSources hook.
7118 *
7119 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7120 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7121 */
7122 $wgImportSources = [];
7123
7124 /**
7125 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7126 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7127 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7128 *
7129 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7130 */
7131 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7132
7133 /**
7134 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7135 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7136 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7137 */
7138 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7139
7140 /**
7141 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7142 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7143 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7144 */
7145 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7146
7147 /**
7148 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7149 */
7150 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7151
7152 /**
7153 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7154 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7155 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7156 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7157 * it's disabled by default for now.
7158 *
7159 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7160 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7161 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7162 */
7163 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7164
7165 /**
7166 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7167 */
7168 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7169
7170 /**
7171 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7172 */
7173 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7174
7175 /**
7176 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7177 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7178 *
7179 * @since 1.27
7180 */
7181 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7182
7183 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7184
7185 /*************************************************************************//**
7186 * @name Extensions
7187 * @{
7188 */
7189
7190 /**
7191 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7192 * initialised
7193 */
7194 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7195
7196 /**
7197 * Extension messages files.
7198 *
7199 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7200 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7201 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7202 * is the most common.
7203 *
7204 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7205 * in the core.
7206 *
7207 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7208 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7209 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7210 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7211 *
7212 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7213 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7214 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7215 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7216 *
7217 * @par Example:
7218 * @code
7219 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7220 * @endcode
7221 */
7222 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7223
7224 /**
7225 * Extension messages directories.
7226 *
7227 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7228 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7229 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7230 * message directories.
7231 *
7232 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7233 *
7234 * @par Simple example:
7235 * @code
7236 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7237 * @endcode
7238 *
7239 * @par Complex example:
7240 * @code
7241 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7242 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7243 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
7244 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7245 * ]
7246 * @endcode
7247 * @since 1.23
7248 */
7249 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7250
7251 /**
7252 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7253 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7254 * @since 1.22
7255 */
7256 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7257
7258 /**
7259 * Parser output hooks.
7260 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7261 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7262 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7263 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7264 *
7265 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7266 *
7267 * The callback has the form:
7268 * @code
7269 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7270 * @endcode
7271 */
7272 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7273
7274 /**
7275 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7276 */
7277 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7278
7279 /**
7280 * List of valid skin names
7281 *
7282 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7283 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7284 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7285 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7286 */
7287 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7288
7289 /**
7290 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7291 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7292 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7293 * SpecialPage.
7294 */
7295 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7296
7297 /**
7298 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7299 */
7300 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7301
7302 /**
7303 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7304 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7305 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7306 */
7307 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7308
7309 /**
7310 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7311 *
7312 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7313 *
7314 * @code
7315 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7316 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7317 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7318 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7319 * 'author' => [
7320 * 'Foo Barstein',
7321 * ],
7322 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7323 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7324 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7325 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0-or-later',
7326 * ];
7327 * @endcode
7328 *
7329 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7330 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7331 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7332 * interpreted as wikitext.
7333 *
7334 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7335 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7336 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7337 *
7338 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7339 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7340 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7341 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7342 *
7343 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7344 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7345 * usually are.)
7346 *
7347 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7348 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7349 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7350 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7351 *
7352 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7353 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7354 *
7355 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7356 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7357 *
7358 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7359 * as "GPL-2.0-or-later" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7360 */
7361 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7362
7363 /**
7364 * Authentication plugin.
7365 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7366 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7367 */
7368 $wgAuth = null;
7369
7370 /**
7371 * Global list of hooks.
7372 *
7373 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7374 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7375 * internally by Hook:run().
7376 *
7377 * The value can be one of:
7378 *
7379 * - A function name:
7380 * @code
7381 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7382 * @endcode
7383 * - A function with some data:
7384 * @code
7385 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7386 * @endcode
7387 * - A an object method:
7388 * @code
7389 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7390 * @endcode
7391 * - A closure:
7392 * @code
7393 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7394 * // Handler code goes here.
7395 * };
7396 * @endcode
7397 *
7398 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7399 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7400 *
7401 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7402 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7403 */
7404 $wgHooks = [];
7405
7406 /**
7407 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7408 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7409 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7410 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7411 * hook for that.
7412 *
7413 * @see MediaWikiServices
7414 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7415 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7416 */
7417 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7418 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7419 ];
7420
7421 /**
7422 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7423 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7424 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7425 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7426 */
7427 $wgJobClasses = [
7428 'refreshLinks' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7429 'deleteLinks' => DeleteLinksJob::class,
7430 'htmlCacheUpdate' => HTMLCacheUpdateJob::class,
7431 'sendMail' => EmaillingJob::class,
7432 'enotifNotify' => EnotifNotifyJob::class,
7433 'fixDoubleRedirect' => DoubleRedirectJob::class,
7434 'AssembleUploadChunks' => AssembleUploadChunksJob::class,
7435 'PublishStashedFile' => PublishStashedFileJob::class,
7436 'ThumbnailRender' => ThumbnailRenderJob::class,
7437 'recentChangesUpdate' => RecentChangesUpdateJob::class,
7438 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7439 'refreshLinksDynamic' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7440 'activityUpdateJob' => ActivityUpdateJob::class,
7441 'categoryMembershipChange' => CategoryMembershipChangeJob::class,
7442 'clearUserWatchlist' => ClearUserWatchlistJob::class,
7443 'cdnPurge' => CdnPurgeJob::class,
7444 'userGroupExpiry' => UserGroupExpiryJob::class,
7445 'clearWatchlistNotifications' => ClearWatchlistNotificationsJob::class,
7446 'enqueue' => EnqueueJob::class, // local queue for multi-DC setups
7447 'null' => NullJob::class,
7448 ];
7449
7450 /**
7451 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7452 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7453 *
7454 * These can be:
7455 * - Very long-running jobs.
7456 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7457 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7458 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7459 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7460 */
7461 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7462
7463 /**
7464 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7465 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7466 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7467 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7468 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7469 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7470 * @var float[]
7471 */
7472 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7473
7474 /**
7475 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7476 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7477 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7478 *
7479 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7480 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7481 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7482 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7483 *
7484 * @var float|bool
7485 * @since 1.26
7486 */
7487 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7488
7489 /**
7490 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7491 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7492 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7493 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7494 */
7495 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7496 'default' => [ 'class' => JobQueueDB::class, 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7497 ];
7498
7499 /**
7500 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7501 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7502 */
7503 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7504 'class' => JobQueueAggregatorNull::class
7505 ];
7506
7507 /**
7508 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7509 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7510 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7511 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7512 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7513 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7514 * that limit is hit.
7515 *
7516 * @since 1.29
7517 */
7518 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7519
7520 /**
7521 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7522 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7523 */
7524 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7525 'Statistics' => [ SiteStatsUpdate::class, 'cacheUpdate' ]
7526 ];
7527
7528 /**
7529 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7530 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7531 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7532 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7533 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7534 */
7535 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7536 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7537 ];
7538
7539 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7540
7541 /*************************************************************************//**
7542 * @name Categories
7543 * @{
7544 */
7545
7546 /**
7547 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7548 */
7549 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7550
7551 /**
7552 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7553 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7554 */
7555 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7556
7557 /**
7558 * Paging limit for categories
7559 */
7560 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7561
7562 /**
7563 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7564 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7565 *
7566 * Available values are:
7567 *
7568 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7569 *
7570 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7571 *
7572 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7573 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7574 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7575 *
7576 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7577 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7578 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7579 * server.
7580 *
7581 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7582 * the sort keys in the database.
7583 *
7584 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7585 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7586 */
7587 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7588
7589 /** @} */ # End categories }
7590
7591 /*************************************************************************//**
7592 * @name Logging
7593 * @{
7594 */
7595
7596 /**
7597 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7598 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7599 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7600 * log type.
7601 */
7602 $wgLogTypes = [
7603 '',
7604 'block',
7605 'protect',
7606 'rights',
7607 'delete',
7608 'upload',
7609 'move',
7610 'import',
7611 'patrol',
7612 'merge',
7613 'suppress',
7614 'tag',
7615 'managetags',
7616 'contentmodel',
7617 ];
7618
7619 /**
7620 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7621 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7622 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7623 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7624 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7625 */
7626 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7627 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7628 ];
7629
7630 /**
7631 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7632 *
7633 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7634 *
7635 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7636 *
7637 * @par Example:
7638 * @code
7639 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7640 * @endcode
7641 *
7642 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7643 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7644 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7645 *
7646 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7647 * for the link text.
7648 */
7649 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7650 'patrol' => true,
7651 'tag' => true,
7652 ];
7653
7654 /**
7655 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7656 * will be listed in the user interface.
7657 *
7658 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7659 *
7660 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7661 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7662 */
7663 $wgLogNames = [
7664 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7665 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7666 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7667 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7668 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7669 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7670 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7671 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7672 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7673 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7674 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7675 ];
7676
7677 /**
7678 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7679 * top of each log type.
7680 *
7681 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7682 *
7683 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7684 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7685 */
7686 $wgLogHeaders = [
7687 '' => 'alllogstext',
7688 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7689 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7690 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7691 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7692 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7693 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7694 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7695 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7696 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7697 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7698 ];
7699
7700 /**
7701 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7702 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7703 *
7704 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7705 */
7706 $wgLogActions = [];
7707
7708 /**
7709 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7710 * not messages.
7711 * @see LogPage::actionText
7712 * @see LogFormatter
7713 */
7714 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7715 'block/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7716 'block/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7717 'block/unblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7718 'contentmodel/change' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7719 'contentmodel/new' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7720 'delete/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7721 'delete/delete_redir' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7722 'delete/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7723 'delete/restore' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7724 'delete/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7725 'import/interwiki' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7726 'import/upload' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7727 'managetags/activate' => LogFormatter::class,
7728 'managetags/create' => LogFormatter::class,
7729 'managetags/deactivate' => LogFormatter::class,
7730 'managetags/delete' => LogFormatter::class,
7731 'merge/merge' => MergeLogFormatter::class,
7732 'move/move' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7733 'move/move_redir' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7734 'patrol/patrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7735 'patrol/autopatrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7736 'protect/modify' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7737 'protect/move_prot' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7738 'protect/protect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7739 'protect/unprotect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7740 'rights/autopromote' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7741 'rights/rights' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7742 'suppress/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7743 'suppress/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7744 'suppress/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7745 'suppress/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7746 'suppress/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7747 'tag/update' => TagLogFormatter::class,
7748 'upload/overwrite' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7749 'upload/revert' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7750 'upload/upload' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7751 ];
7752
7753 /**
7754 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7755 *
7756 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7757 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7758 * Extensions may append to this array
7759 * @since 1.27
7760 */
7761 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7762 'block' => [
7763 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7764 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7765 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7766 ],
7767 'contentmodel' => [
7768 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7769 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7770 ],
7771 'delete' => [
7772 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7773 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7774 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7775 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7776 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7777 ],
7778 'import' => [
7779 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7780 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7781 ],
7782 'managetags' => [
7783 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7784 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7785 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7786 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7787 ],
7788 'move' => [
7789 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7790 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7791 ],
7792 'newusers' => [
7793 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7794 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7795 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7796 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7797 ],
7798 'patrol' => [
7799 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7800 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7801 ],
7802 'protect' => [
7803 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7804 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7805 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7806 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7807 ],
7808 'rights' => [
7809 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7810 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7811 ],
7812 'suppress' => [
7813 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7814 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7815 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7816 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7817 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7818 ],
7819 'upload' => [
7820 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7821 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7822 ],
7823 ];
7824
7825 /**
7826 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7827 */
7828 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7829
7830 /** @} */ # end logging }
7831
7832 /*************************************************************************//**
7833 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7834 * @{
7835 */
7836
7837 /**
7838 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7839 */
7840 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7841
7842 /**
7843 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7844 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7845 */
7846 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7847
7848 /**
7849 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7850 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7851 */
7852 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7853
7854 /**
7855 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7856 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7857 */
7858 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7859
7860 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7861
7862 /*************************************************************************//**
7863 * @name Actions
7864 * @{
7865 */
7866
7867 /**
7868 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7869 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7870 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7871 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7872 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7873 * instead of the default class.
7874 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7875 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7876 */
7877 $wgActions = [
7878 'credits' => true,
7879 'delete' => true,
7880 'edit' => true,
7881 'editchangetags' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7882 'history' => true,
7883 'info' => true,
7884 'markpatrolled' => true,
7885 'protect' => true,
7886 'purge' => true,
7887 'raw' => true,
7888 'render' => true,
7889 'revert' => true,
7890 'revisiondelete' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7891 'rollback' => true,
7892 'submit' => true,
7893 'unprotect' => true,
7894 'unwatch' => true,
7895 'view' => true,
7896 'watch' => true,
7897 ];
7898
7899 /** @} */ # end actions }
7900
7901 /*************************************************************************//**
7902 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7903 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7904 * @{
7905 */
7906
7907 /**
7908 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7909 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7910 * basis.
7911 */
7912 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7913
7914 /**
7915 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7916 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7917 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7918 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7919 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7920 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7921 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7922 *
7923 * @par Example:
7924 * @code
7925 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
7926 * @endcode
7927 */
7928 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7929
7930 /**
7931 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7932 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7933 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7934 *
7935 * @par Example:
7936 * @code
7937 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7938 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7939 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7940 * ];
7941 * @endcode
7942 *
7943 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7944 * forms:
7945 * @code
7946 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7947 * # Underscore, not space!
7948 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7949 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7950 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7951 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7952 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7953 * ];
7954 * @endcode
7955 */
7956 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7957
7958 /**
7959 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7960 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7961 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7962 *
7963 * @par Example:
7964 * @code
7965 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
7966 * @endcode
7967 */
7968 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7969
7970 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7971
7972 /************************************************************************//**
7973 * @name AJAX and API
7974 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7975 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7976 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7977 * @{
7978 */
7979
7980 /**
7981 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7982 * machine-readable data via api.php
7983 *
7984 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7985 *
7986 * @deprecated since 1.31
7987 */
7988 $wgEnableAPI = true;
7989
7990 /**
7991 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
7992 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
7993 * accesses it
7994 *
7995 * @deprecated since 1.31
7996 */
7997 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
7998
7999 /**
8000 *
8001 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
8002 *
8003 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
8004 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
8005 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
8006 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
8007 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
8008 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
8009 * requiring POST.
8010 *
8011 * @since 1.21
8012 */
8013 $wgDebugAPI = false;
8014
8015 /**
8016 * API module extensions.
8017 *
8018 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
8019 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
8020 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
8021 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
8022 *
8023 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
8024 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
8025 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
8026 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
8027 * field.
8028 *
8029 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
8030 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
8031 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
8032 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
8033 *
8034 * Examples for registering API modules:
8035 *
8036 * @code
8037 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
8038 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
8039 * 'class' => ApiBar::class,
8040 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
8041 * ];
8042 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
8043 * 'class' => ApiXyzzy::class,
8044 * 'factory' => [ XyzzyFactory::class, 'newApiModule' ]
8045 * ];
8046 * @endcode
8047 *
8048 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8049 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
8050 */
8051 $wgAPIModules = [];
8052
8053 /**
8054 * API format module extensions.
8055 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8056 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8057 *
8058 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
8059 */
8060 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
8061
8062 /**
8063 * API Query meta module extensions.
8064 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8065 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8066 *
8067 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
8068 */
8069 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
8070
8071 /**
8072 * API Query prop module extensions.
8073 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8074 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8075 *
8076 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
8077 */
8078 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
8079
8080 /**
8081 * API Query list module extensions.
8082 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8083 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8084 *
8085 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
8086 */
8087 $wgAPIListModules = [];
8088
8089 /**
8090 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
8091 * The default value is generally fine
8092 */
8093 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
8094
8095 /**
8096 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
8097 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8098 */
8099 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8100
8101 /**
8102 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8103 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8104 */
8105 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8106
8107 /**
8108 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8109 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8110 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8111 */
8112 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8113
8114 /**
8115 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8116 * API request logging
8117 */
8118 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8119
8120 /**
8121 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8122 */
8123 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8124
8125 /**
8126 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8127 * API queries.
8128 */
8129 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8130 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8131 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8132 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8133 ];
8134
8135 /**
8136 * Enable AJAX framework
8137 *
8138 * @deprecated (officially) since MediaWiki 1.31
8139 */
8140 $wgUseAjax = true;
8141
8142 /**
8143 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8144 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8145 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8146 */
8147 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8148
8149 /**
8150 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8151 */
8152 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8153
8154 /**
8155 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
8156 */
8157 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8158
8159 /**
8160 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8161 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8162 */
8163 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8164
8165 /**
8166 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8167 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8168 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8169 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8170 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8171 *
8172 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8173 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8174 *
8175 * @par Example:
8176 * @code
8177 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8178 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8179 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8180 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8181 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8182 * ];
8183 * @endcode
8184 */
8185 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8186
8187 /**
8188 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8189 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8190 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8191 */
8192 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8193
8194 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8195
8196 /************************************************************************//**
8197 * @name Shell and process control
8198 * @{
8199 */
8200
8201 /**
8202 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8203 */
8204 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8205
8206 /**
8207 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8208 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8209 */
8210 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8211
8212 /**
8213 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8214 */
8215 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8216
8217 /**
8218 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8219 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8220 */
8221 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8222
8223 /**
8224 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8225 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8226 *
8227 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8228 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8229 * them segfault or deadlock.
8230 *
8231 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8232 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8233 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8234 *
8235 * @par Example:
8236 * @code
8237 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8238 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8239 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8240 * @endcode
8241 *
8242 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8243 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8244 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8245 */
8246 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8247
8248 /**
8249 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary. Should be set up on install.
8250 */
8251 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8252
8253 /**
8254 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8255 *
8256 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8257 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8258 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8259 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8260 *
8261 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8262 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8263 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8264 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8265 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8266 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8267 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8268 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8269 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8270 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8271 * decimal separator)
8272 *
8273 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8274 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8275 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8276 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8277 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8278 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8279 * displayed to the user.
8280 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8281 * date/time values.
8282 *
8283 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8284 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8285 * wikis.
8286 */
8287 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8288
8289 /**
8290 * Method to use to restrict shell commands
8291 *
8292 * Supported options:
8293 * - 'autodetect': Autodetect if any restriction methods are available
8294 * - 'firejail': Use firejail <https://firejail.wordpress.com/>
8295 * - false: Don't use any restrictions
8296 *
8297 * @note If using firejail with MediaWiki running in a home directory different
8298 * from the webserver user, firejail 0.9.44+ is required.
8299 *
8300 * @since 1.31
8301 * @var string|bool
8302 */
8303 $wgShellRestrictionMethod = false;
8304
8305 /** @} */ # End shell }
8306
8307 /************************************************************************//**
8308 * @name HTTP client
8309 * @{
8310 */
8311
8312 /**
8313 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8314 * @var int
8315 */
8316 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8317
8318 /**
8319 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8320 * @since 1.29
8321 */
8322 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8323
8324 /**
8325 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8326 */
8327 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8328
8329 /**
8330 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8331 */
8332 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8333
8334 /**
8335 * Local virtual hosts.
8336 *
8337 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8338 *
8339 * This affects the following:
8340 * - MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any
8341 * subdomain thereof, then no proxy will be used.
8342 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8343 * the proxy if it is configured.
8344 *
8345 * @since 1.25
8346 */
8347 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8348
8349 /**
8350 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8351 * Only works for curl
8352 */
8353 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8354
8355 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8356
8357 /************************************************************************//**
8358 * @name Job queue
8359 * @{
8360 */
8361
8362 /**
8363 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8364 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8365 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8366 * be run periodically.
8367 */
8368 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8369
8370 /**
8371 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8372 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8373 * execution finishes.
8374 *
8375 * @since 1.23
8376 */
8377 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8378
8379 /**
8380 * Number of rows to update per job
8381 */
8382 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8383
8384 /**
8385 * Number of rows to update per query
8386 */
8387 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8388
8389 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8390
8391 /************************************************************************//**
8392 * @name Miscellaneous
8393 * @{
8394 */
8395
8396 /**
8397 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8398 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8399 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8400 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8401 */
8402 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8403
8404 /**
8405 * wikidiff2 supports detection of changes in moved paragraphs.
8406 * This setting controls the maximum number of paragraphs to compare before it bails out.
8407 * Supported values:
8408 * * 0: detection of moved paragraphs is disabled
8409 * * int > 0: maximum number of paragraphs to compare
8410 * Note: number of paragraph comparisons is in O(n^2).
8411 * This setting is only effective if the wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module is used as diffengine.
8412 * See $wgExternalDiffEngine.
8413 *
8414 * @since 1.30
8415 */
8416 $wgWikiDiff2MovedParagraphDetectionCutoff = 0;
8417
8418 /**
8419 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8420 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8421 *
8422 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8423 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8424 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8425 */
8426 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8427
8428 /**
8429 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8430 * For debugging
8431 */
8432 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8433
8434 /**
8435 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8436 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8437 */
8438 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8439
8440 /**
8441 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8442 */
8443 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8444
8445 /**
8446 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8447 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8448 */
8449 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8450
8451 /**
8452 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8453 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8454 */
8455 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8456
8457 /**
8458 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8459 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8460 *
8461 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8462 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8463 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8464 * parameters.
8465 *
8466 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8467 * @code
8468 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8469 * 'class' => PoolCounterRedis::class,
8470 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8471 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8472 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8473 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8474 * 'redisConfig' => []
8475 * ] ];
8476 * @endcode
8477 *
8478 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8479 * @code
8480 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8481 * 'class' => PoolCounter_Client::class,
8482 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8483 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8484 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8485 * ... any extension-specific options...
8486 * ] ];
8487 * @endcode
8488 */
8489 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8490
8491 /**
8492 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8493 */
8494 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8495
8496 /**
8497 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8498 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8499 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8500 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8501 *
8502 * @since 1.21
8503 */
8504 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8505
8506 /**
8507 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8508 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8509 *
8510 * * 'ignore': return null
8511 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8512 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8513 *
8514 * @since 1.21
8515 */
8516 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8517
8518 /**
8519 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8520 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8521 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8522 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8523 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8524 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8525 *
8526 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8527 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8528 *
8529 * @since 1.21
8530 */
8531 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8532
8533 /**
8534 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8535 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8536 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8537 *
8538 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8539 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8540 *
8541 * @since 1.21
8542 */
8543 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8544 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8545 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8546 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8547 ];
8548
8549 /**
8550 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8551 *
8552 * @since 1.20
8553 */
8554 $wgSiteTypes = [
8555 'mediawiki' => MediaWikiSite::class,
8556 ];
8557
8558 /**
8559 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8560 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8561 * @since 1.23
8562 */
8563 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8564
8565 /**
8566 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8567 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8568 * @see T67184
8569 * @since 1.24
8570 */
8571 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8572
8573 /**
8574 * Secret for session storage.
8575 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8576 * be used.
8577 * @since 1.27
8578 */
8579 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8580
8581 /**
8582 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8583 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8584 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8585 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8586 * @since 1.27
8587 */
8588 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8589
8590 /**
8591 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8592 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8593 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8594 * be used.
8595 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8596 * @since 1.24
8597 */
8598 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8599
8600 /**
8601 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8602 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8603 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8604 * @since 1.24
8605 */
8606 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8607
8608 /**
8609 * Enable page language feature
8610 * Allows setting page language in database
8611 * @var bool
8612 * @since 1.24
8613 */
8614 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8615
8616 /**
8617 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8618 *
8619 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8620 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8621 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8622 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8623 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8624 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8625 *
8626 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8627 *
8628 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8629 * 'class' => ParsoidVirtualRESTService::class,
8630 * 'options' => [
8631 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8632 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8633 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8634 * ]
8635 * ];
8636 *
8637 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8638 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8639 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8640 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8641 *
8642 * Example config for Parsoid:
8643 *
8644 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8645 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8646 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8647 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8648 * ];
8649 *
8650 * @var array
8651 * @since 1.25
8652 */
8653 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8654 'paths' => [],
8655 'modules' => [],
8656 'global' => [
8657 # Timeout in seconds
8658 'timeout' => 360,
8659 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8660 'forwardCookies' => false,
8661 'HTTPProxy' => null
8662 ]
8663 ];
8664
8665 /**
8666 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8667 * these suggestions.
8668 *
8669 * @var bool
8670 * @since 1.26
8671 */
8672 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8673
8674 /**
8675 * Where popular password file is located.
8676 *
8677 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8678 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8679 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8680 *
8681 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8682 * @since 1.27
8683 * @var string path to file
8684 */
8685 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8686
8687 /*
8688 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8689 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8690 *
8691 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8692 * @since 1.27
8693 */
8694 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8695
8696 /*
8697 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8698 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8699 *
8700 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8701 * @since 1.30
8702 */
8703 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8704
8705 /**
8706 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8707 *
8708 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8709 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8710 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8711 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8712 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8713 *
8714 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8715 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8716 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8717 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8718 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8719 *
8720 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8721 *
8722 * @since 1.27
8723 */
8724 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8725 'default' => [
8726 'class' => EventRelayerNull::class,
8727 ]
8728 ];
8729
8730 /**
8731 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8732 *
8733 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8734 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8735 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8736 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8737 *
8738 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8739 *
8740 * @var bool
8741 * @since 1.28
8742 */
8743 $wgPingback = false;
8744
8745 /**
8746 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8747 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8748 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8749 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8750 *
8751 * @since 1.28
8752 */
8753 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8754 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8755 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8756 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8757 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8758 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8759 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8760 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8761 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8762 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8763 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8764 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8765 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8766 ];
8767
8768 /**
8769 * Shortest CIDR limits that can be checked in any individual range check
8770 * at Special:Contributions.
8771 *
8772 * @var array
8773 * @since 1.30
8774 */
8775 $wgRangeContributionsCIDRLimit = [
8776 'IPv4' => 16,
8777 'IPv6' => 32,
8778 ];
8779
8780 /**
8781 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8782 *
8783 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8784 *
8785 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8786 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8787 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8788 *
8789 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8790 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8791 */
8792 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8793 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8794 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8795 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8796
8797 /**
8798 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8799 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8800 *
8801 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8802 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8803 *
8804 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8805 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8806 *
8807 * @par Example:
8808 * @code
8809 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8810 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8811 *];
8812 * @endcode
8813 */
8814 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8815
8816 /**
8817 * Comment table schema migration stage.
8818 * @since 1.30
8819 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8820 */
8821 $wgCommentTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8822
8823 /**
8824 * Actor table schema migration stage.
8825 * @since 1.31
8826 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8827 */
8828 $wgActorTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8829
8830 /**
8831 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8832 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8833 * @}
8834 */